blob: 0a5fdd7cd34a7944e5edf433366f0e0281bf57b4 [file] [log] [blame]
Lennart Poetteringd657c512012-01-25 02:20:38 +01001systemd System and Service Manager
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01002
Martin Pitt61f32bf2016-02-01 12:09:34 +01003CHANGES WITH 229:
4
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01005 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
6 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
7 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
8 default, but it is expected that this is turned on by default in one
9 of the next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC
10 logic by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in
11 /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The service also gained a full set of
12 D-Bus interfaces, including calls to configure DNS and DNSSEC
13 settings per link (for consumption by external network management
14 software). systemd-resolved (and systemd-networkd along with it) now
15 know to distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The
16 former are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are purely
17 used for routing lookups within certain domains to specific
18 links. resolved will now also synthesize RRs for all entries from
19 /etc/hosts.
20
21 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +010022 systemd-resolved, and previously experimental) has been improved
23 considerably and is now fully supported and documented. Hence it has
24 moved from /usr/lib/systemd to /usr/bin.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +010025
26 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
27 devices.
28
29 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
30 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
31 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
32 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
33 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
34
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +010035 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
36 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +010037 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
38 supports it.
39
40 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
41 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
42
43 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
44 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
45 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
46 file is already initialized.
47
48 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
49 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
50 container. In this mode PID 1 will be a minimal stub init process
51 that implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1
52 regarding signal and child process management. Note that this stub
53 init process is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support
54 from the container image. This new logic is useful to support running
55 arbitrary command lines in the container, as normal processes are
56 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
57
58 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
59 working directory for the process started in the container.
60
61 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages from
62 the specified device, in addition to all devices that are parents of
63 it. This should make log output about devices pretty useful, as long
64 as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to the log messages. (The
65 usual SATA drivers do.)
66
67 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
68 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
69 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
70
71 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
72 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
73 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
74 sd_journal_restart_fields().
75
76 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +010077 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
78 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
79 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
80 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +010081
82 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +010083 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
84 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
85 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +010086
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +010087 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
88 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
89 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +010090 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
91 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
92 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
93 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
94 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
95 montonic clocks by maintaining a persistant timestamp file in
96 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
97 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
98 by PID 1.
99
Daniel Mack50f48ad2016-02-10 15:44:01 +0100100 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
101 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
102 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
103 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
104 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
105 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
106 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
107 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
108
109 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
110
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +0100111 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +0100112 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +0100113 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
114
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +0100115 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
116 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
117 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +0100118 recent kernels.
119
120 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
121 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
122
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +0100123 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +0100124 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C
125 extension. Specifically, for many object destructor functions
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +0100126 alternative versions whose names are suffixed with "p" have been
127 added, which take a pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy,
128 instead of just a pointer to the object itself. This is useful because
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +0100129 these destructor functions may be used directly as parameters to the
130 cleanup construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of the
131 GCC extension since a long time, and with this change similar support
132 is now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +0100133 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
134 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, any gcc or
135 LLVM version of recent years have supported this extension.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +0100136
137 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +0100138 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
139 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
140 clusters or larger setups.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +0100141
142 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
143
144 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
145 sockets.
146
147 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
148
149 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
150 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
151 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
152 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
153 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
154 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
155
156 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
157 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
158 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
159
160 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
161 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
Martin Pitt61f32bf2016-02-01 12:09:34 +0100162 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
163 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +0100164
165 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
Martin Pitt61f32bf2016-02-01 12:09:34 +0100166
167 Contributions from: ...
168
169 -- Berlin, 2016-MM-DD
170
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +0100171CHANGES WITH 228:
172
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +0100173 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
174 files are now also available as properties to set when
175 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
176 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
177 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
178 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
179 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
180 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
181 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
182
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +0100183 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
184 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
185 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +0100186
Lennart Poetteringf1f8a5a2015-11-17 01:31:42 +0100187 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
188 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
189 created transiently.
190
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +0100191 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
192 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
193 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
194 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
195 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen815bb5b2015-11-15 17:30:33 +0100196 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +0100197 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
198 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
199
200 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
201 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
202 disk and sync the files, before returning.
203
204 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
205 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
206 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
207 enabled.
208
Lennart Poetteringf1f8a5a2015-11-17 01:31:42 +0100209 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
210 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
211 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
212 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
213 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
214 subvolumes.
215
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +0100216 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
217 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
218
219 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
220 individual indexes.
221
222 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
223 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
224 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
225 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
226 suffixes now.
227
Lennart Poetteringf1f8a5a2015-11-17 01:31:42 +0100228 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
229 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
230 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
231 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
232 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
233 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
234 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
235 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
236 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
237 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
238 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
239 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
240 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
241 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
242 number of processes or tasks each user may own
243 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
244 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
245 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
246 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
247 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
248 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
249
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +0100250 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
251 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
252 links between the host and the container.
253
254 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
255 added that allows importing select environment variables
256 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
257 the service.
258
Lennart Poetteringddb4b0d2015-11-18 12:17:57 +0100259 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
260 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults on on,
261 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
262 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
263 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
264 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
265 than until they first elapse.
266
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +0100267 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
268 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
269 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
270 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
271 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
272 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
273 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
274 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +0100275
276 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
277 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
278 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
279 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
280 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
281 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
282 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen815bb5b2015-11-15 17:30:33 +0100283 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +0100284 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
285 journal and in coredump handling.
286
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +0100287 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
288 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
289 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen815bb5b2015-11-15 17:30:33 +0100290 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +0100291 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
292 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
293 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
294 software you package still references it, as this is a
295 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
296 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +0100297
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +0100298 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +0100299
300 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
301 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
302 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
303
Lennart Poetteringb9e2f7e2015-11-13 14:59:25 +0100304 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
305 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
306 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
307 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
308 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
309 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
310 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
311 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
312 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
313 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
314 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
315 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
316 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
317 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
318 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
319 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
320
321 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
322 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
323 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
324 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
325 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
326 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
327 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
328 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
329 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
330 surprises.
331
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +0100332 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
333 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
334 to the various user database fields of the user that the
335 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
336 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
337 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
338 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
339 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
340 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
341 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
342 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
343 hence useless. Morever, even in the --user instance of
344 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
345 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
346 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
347 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
348 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
349 of PID 1 is the root user).
350
351 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
352 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
353 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
Lennart Poetteringf1f8a5a2015-11-17 01:31:42 +0100354 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
355 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
356 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
357 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
358 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
359 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
360 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
361 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
362 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
363 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
364 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
365 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +0100366
David Herrmanndd050de2015-11-18 08:59:06 +0100367 -- Berlin, 2015-11-18
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +0100368
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +0200369CHANGES WITH 227:
370
371 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
372 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
373 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
374
375 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
376 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
377 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
378 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
379 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
380 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
381
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +0200382 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
383 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +0200384 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
385 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek6fd55172015-09-30 11:48:33 -0400386 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +0200387
388 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +0200389 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
390 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
391 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
392 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
393 packets on unestablished sockets.
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +0200394
395 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek6fd55172015-09-30 11:48:33 -0400396 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +0200397 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
398 automatically.
399
Daniel Mack21d86c62015-09-30 12:40:44 +0200400 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
401 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
402 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
403
404 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
405 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
406 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
407 for disk IO.
408
409 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
410 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
411 removed.
412
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +0200413 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
414 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
415 directory is set to the home directory of the user
416 configured in User=.
Daniel Mack21d86c62015-09-30 12:40:44 +0200417
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +0200418 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
419 directory of the selected user by default.
420
Daniel Mack21d86c62015-09-30 12:40:44 +0200421 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +0200422 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
423 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
424 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
425 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
426 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
427 compat reasons.
Daniel Mack21d86c62015-09-30 12:40:44 +0200428
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +0200429 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
Daniel Mack8b5f9d12015-10-01 13:28:09 +0200430 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +0200431 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
432 units.
433
434 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
435 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
436 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
437 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
438 level.
439
440 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
441 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
442 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
443 namespaces work correctly.
444
445 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
446 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
447 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
448 have to run continously, similar to classic socket
449 activation.
450
451 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
452 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
453 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
454 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
455 system instance in a container.
456
457 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
458 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
459 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
460 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
461 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
462 connections.
463
464 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
465 show the control groups within a certain container only.
466
467 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
468 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
469 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
470 processes attached, or similar.
471
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +0200472 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
473 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
474 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
475
476 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
477 specifiers like %i or %f.
478
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +0200479 * A new (still internal) libary API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
480 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
481 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
482 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
483
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +0200484 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
485 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +0200486 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +0200487 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
488 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
489 descriptors using sd_notify().
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +0200490
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +0200491 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
492
493 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisment settings via
Tom Gundersenedf41262015-10-06 11:54:14 +0200494 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +0200495
496 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
497 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
498
499 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
Tom Gundersenedf41262015-10-06 11:54:14 +0200500 .network files.
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +0200501
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +0200502 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
503 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
504 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
505 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
506 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
507 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
508 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
509 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
510 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
511 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
512 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
513 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
514 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
515 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
516 gdm-autologin is used.
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +0200517
518 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
519 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
520 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
521 next to the image file.
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +0200522
Lennart Poettering91d0d692015-10-01 16:24:04 +0200523 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
524 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
525 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
526 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
527
528 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
529 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
530 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
531 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
532 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
533 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
534
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +0200535 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
536 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
537 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
538 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
539 degrades with too many seperate journal files, and allows
540 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
541 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
542 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
543 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
544 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
545 number of files in place.
Tom Gundersenc48eb612015-10-06 12:11:44 +0200546
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +0200547 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
548 on kernels where that is supported.
Lennart Poetteringc30f0862015-10-07 15:45:04 +0200549
Daniel Machonefce0ff2015-10-05 11:15:16 +0200550 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +0200551
Lennart Poettering61e67712015-10-07 15:48:58 +0200552 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
553 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
554 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
555 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
556 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
557 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
558 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
559 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
560 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
561 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
562 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
563 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
564 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
565 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
566 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
567 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
568 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
569 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +0200570
Daniel Mack1e0adaa2015-10-07 16:00:38 +0200571 -- Berlin, 2015-10-07
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +0200572
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +0200573CHANGES WITH 226:
574
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +0200575 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
576 new features:
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +0200577
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +0200578 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
579 information. It may be enabled and configured via
580 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
581 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
582 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
583 is any) is propagated.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +0200584
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +0200585 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
586 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
587 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
588 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
589 information is enabled between host and containers by
590 default now: the container will change its local timezone
591 to what the host has set.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +0200592
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +0200593 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
594 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +0200595
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +0200596 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
597 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
598 information back, even if the server loses state.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +0200599
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +0200600 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
601 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
602 PoolSize=.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +0200603
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +0200604 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
605 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
606 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
607 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +0200608
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +0200609 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
610 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
611 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
612 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
613 'dbus-daemon' systems.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +0200614
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +0200615 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
616 for virtio devices.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +0200617
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +0200618 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
619 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
620 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
621 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
622 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
623 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
624 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
625 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
626 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CROUP_HIERARCHY
627 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
628 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
629 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
630 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
631 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
632 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
633 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
634 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
635 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
636 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
637 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
638 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
639 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
640 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
641 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
642 grants them.
643
644 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
645 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
646 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
647 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
648 group tree.
649
650 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
651 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
652 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
653 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
654 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
655 work correctly in containers now.
656
657 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
658 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
659
Daniel Mackc626bf12015-09-07 13:06:53 +0200660 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
661 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +0200662 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
663 function call is particularly useful when implementing
664 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
665
666 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
667 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
668 signal events.
669
670 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
671 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
672 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
673 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
674 on these parameters.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +0200675
Lennart Poettering47f5a382015-09-07 12:43:25 +0200676 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
677 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
678 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
679 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
680 nspawn command line.
681
Lennart Poettering2f77dec2015-09-08 01:36:59 +0200682 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
683 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
684 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
685 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
686 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
687 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
688 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
David Herrmann23d08d12015-09-08 13:31:57 +0200689 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +0200690
David Herrmann23d08d12015-09-08 13:31:57 +0200691 -- Berlin, 2015-09-08
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +0200692
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +0200693CHANGES WITH 225:
694
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +0200695 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
696 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
697 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
698 shell directly without prompting for username or
699 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
700 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
701 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
702 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
703 the originating session.
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +0200704
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +0200705 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
706 options and allows other programs to query the values.
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +0200707
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +0200708 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
709 longer enforced with this release. The previous
710 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
711 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
712 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
713 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
714 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
715 this release.
716
717 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
718 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
719 messages.
720
721 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
722 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
723 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
724
725 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
726 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
727
728 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
729 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
730 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
731 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
732 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
733 posteriori.
734
735 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
736 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
737
738 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
739 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
740 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
741 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
742 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
743 "lastlog" tools.
744
745 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
746 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
747 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
748 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
749 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
750
751 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
752 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
753 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
754 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
755 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
756 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
757 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
758 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
759 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
760 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
761 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
762 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +0200763
David Herrmanne1439a12015-08-27 17:03:18 +0200764 -- Berlin, 2015-08-27
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +0200765
David Herrmann11811e82015-07-31 18:10:52 +0200766CHANGES WITH 224:
767
David Herrmann10fa4212015-07-31 18:21:19 +0200768 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
769 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
770
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +0200771 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
772 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
773 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
David Herrmann10fa4212015-07-31 18:21:19 +0200774
David Herrmann11811e82015-07-31 18:10:52 +0200775 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
776 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
777 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
778
779 -- Berlin, 2015-07-31
780
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +0200781CHANGES WITH 223:
782
783 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
784 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
785 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
786 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
787
Kay Sievers01608bc2015-07-27 18:20:54 +0200788 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +0200789 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
790
791 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
792 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
793
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +0200794 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +0200795
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +0200796 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
Daniel Mack37d54b92015-07-27 21:34:28 +0200797 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +0200798 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +0200799
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +0200800 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
801 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
802 decapsulated packet.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +0200803
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +0200804 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
805 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
806 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
807 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
808 netlink attribute.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +0200809
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +0200810 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
811 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
812 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
813 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
814
815 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
816 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
817 according to RFC2460.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +0200818
David Herrmannf5f113f2015-07-29 12:12:10 +0200819 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
820 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
821
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +0200822 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
Kay Sievers01608bc2015-07-27 18:20:54 +0200823 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +0200824 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
825
826 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
827 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
828 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
829 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
830 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
831 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
832
833 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
David Herrmanne4e66992015-07-29 14:59:35 +0200834 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
835 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
836 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
837 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
838 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
839 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
840 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
841 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
842 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +0200843
David Herrmanne4e66992015-07-29 14:59:35 +0200844 -- Berlin, 2015-07-29
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +0200845
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +0200846CHANGES WITH 222:
David Herrmann5541c882015-07-06 19:07:10 +0200847
Kay Sievers861b02e2015-07-05 16:02:13 +0200848 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
849 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
850 or should be used to work around such bugs.
851
852 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
853 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +0200854
855 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
856 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
857 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
858 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
859 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
860
David Herrmann5541c882015-07-06 19:07:10 +0200861 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
862 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
863 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
864
Daniel Mack9b361112015-07-06 21:19:57 -0400865 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
866 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
867 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
868 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
869 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
870
871 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
872
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +0200873 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
874 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
875 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
876 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
David Herrmann5541c882015-07-06 19:07:10 +0200877 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
878 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +0200879 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
880 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
David Herrmann2d1ca112015-07-07 17:13:39 +0200881 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
882 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +0200883
David Herrmann2d1ca112015-07-07 17:13:39 +0200884 -- Berlin, 2015-07-07
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +0200885
Martin Pitt0f0467e2015-05-27 17:04:49 +0200886CHANGES WITH 221:
887
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +0200888 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
Kay Sievers5f92d242015-06-18 00:25:17 +0200889 stable and have been added to the official interface of
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +0200890 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
891 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
892 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
893 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
894 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen0aee49d2015-06-18 17:10:59 +0200895 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +0200896 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
897 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
Kay Sievers5f92d242015-06-18 00:25:17 +0200898 portable to other kernels.
Martin Pitt0f0467e2015-05-27 17:04:49 +0200899
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +0200900 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
901 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
902 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
Ronny Chevalierc6551462015-06-18 16:23:28 +0200903 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +0200904 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
905 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
906 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
907 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen0aee49d2015-06-18 17:10:59 +0200908 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +0200909 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
910 systemd enabled.
Martin Pitt0f0467e2015-05-27 17:04:49 +0200911
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +0200912 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
913 2.26.
914
915 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen0aee49d2015-06-18 17:10:59 +0200916 favor of calling an abstraction tool
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +0200917 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
918 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
919 in README for details.
920
921 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
922 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
923 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
924 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
925 unit.
926
927 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
928 into man pages.
929
930 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
931 external project.
932
933 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen0aee49d2015-06-18 17:10:59 +0200934 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +0200935
936 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
937 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
938 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
939 state.
940
941 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
942 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
943 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
944
945 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
946 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
947 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
948 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
949 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
950 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
951 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
952 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
953 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
954 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
955 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
Lennart Poetteringb912e252015-06-19 01:12:28 +0200956 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
957 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
958 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
959 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
960 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +0200961
Lennart Poetteringb912e252015-06-19 01:12:28 +0200962 -- Berlin, 2015-06-19
Martin Pitt0f0467e2015-05-27 17:04:49 +0200963
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +0200964CHANGES WITH 220:
965
David Herrmannf7a73a22015-05-21 20:39:47 +0200966 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
967 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
968 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
969 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
970 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
971 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
972 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
973 http://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
974
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +0200975 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
976 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
977 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
978 service consumed). This value is only available if
979 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
980 in the "systemctl status" output.
981
982 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
983 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek29d1fcb2015-05-21 14:30:53 -0400984 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +0200985 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
986 previously was already the default behaviour).
987
988 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
989 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
990 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
991
992 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
993 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek29d1fcb2015-05-21 14:30:53 -0400994 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +0200995 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
996
997 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
998 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
999 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
1000 journalling file systems that support external journal
1001 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
1002 systems to be mounted.
1003
1004 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
1005 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
1006 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
1007 stable release this should not be problematic.
1008
1009 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
1010 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
1011 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
1012 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
1013 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
1014
1015 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
1016 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
1017 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
1018 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
1019 network switches.
1020
1021 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
1022 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
1023
1024 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
1025 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
1026 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
1027
1028 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
1029
Lennart Poettering1579dd22015-05-21 20:24:34 +02001030 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
1031 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
1032 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
1033 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
1034 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
1035 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
1036 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
1037 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
1038 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
1039 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
1040 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
1041 been fixed in v220.
1042
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02001043 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
1044 systemd-networkd.
1045
1046 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
1047 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
1048 setting resource parameters (e.g "CPUShares=500") on
1049 containers started from the command line.
1050
1051 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
1052 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
1053
1054 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
1055 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
1056 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
1057 indirection via a pseudo tty.
1058
1059 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
1060 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
1061 when shutting down.
1062
1063 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
1064 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
1065 overlayfs support.
1066
1067 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
1068 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
1069 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
1070 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
1071 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
1072 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
1073 images are imported via systemd-importd.
1074
1075 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
1076 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
1077 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
1078
1079 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
1080 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
1081 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
1082 of v1 as before).
1083
1084 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
1085 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
1086
1087 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
1088 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
1089 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
1090 their own sessions without further privileges or
1091 authorization.
1092
1093 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
1094 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
1095 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
1096 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
1097 accessible via a bus interface.
1098
1099 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
1100 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
1101 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
1102 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
1103 to cover this functionality.
1104
1105 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
Lennart Poettering1579dd22015-05-21 20:24:34 +02001106 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02001107 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
1108 disabled/masked also stopped.
1109
1110 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
David Herrmann1a2d5fb2015-05-21 20:25:38 +02001111 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
1112 updated to support systemd-boot.
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02001113
1114 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
1115 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
1116 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
1117 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
1118 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
David Herrmann1a2d5fb2015-05-21 20:25:38 +02001119 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02001120 like this and can extract OS release information from them
1121 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
1122 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
1123
1124 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
1125 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
1126 system.
1127
1128 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
1129 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
1130 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
1131 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
1132 device symlinks.
1133
1134 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
1135 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
1136 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
1137 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
1138
1139 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
1140 stick devices has been added.
1141
1142 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
1143 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
1144
1145 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
1146 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
1147 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
1148 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
1149 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
1150
1151 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
1152 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
1153 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
1154
1155 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
1156 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
1157 Debian.
1158
1159 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
1160 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
1161 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
1162
1163 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
1164 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
1165 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
1166 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
1167 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
1168 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
1169 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
1170 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
1171 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
1172 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
1173 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
1174 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
1175 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
1176 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
1177 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
1178 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
1179 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
1180 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
1181 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
1182 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
1183 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
1184 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
1185 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
1186 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
1187 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
1188 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
1189 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1190
Lennart Poettering39315f92015-05-22 01:37:16 +02001191 -- Berlin, 2015-05-22
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02001192
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01001193CHANGES WITH 219:
1194
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01001195 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
1196 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
1197 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
1198 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
1199 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
1200 interface with and update the database.
1201
1202 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
1203 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
1204 before bytewise copying is done.
1205
1206 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
1207 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
1208 directory, and immediately removed when the container
1209 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
1210 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
1211 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
1212 for starting a container off the root file system of the
1213 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
1214 available on btrfs file systems.
1215
1216 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
1217 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen7edecf22015-02-16 21:21:16 +01001218 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01001219 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
1220 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
1221 systems.
1222
1223 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
1224 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
1225 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
1226 mount point remains.
1227
1228 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
1229 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
1230 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
1231 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
1232 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
1233 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
1234 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
1235 are disabled.
1236
1237 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
1238 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
1239 container to the host or vice versa.
1240
1241 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
1242 mount host directories into local containers. This is
1243 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
1244
1245 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
1246 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
1247
1248 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
1249 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
1250 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
1251 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
1252 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
1253 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
1254 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
1255 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
1256 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
Torstein Husebø94e5ba32015-07-24 11:14:01 +02001257 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01001258 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
1259 make the functionality of importd available to the
1260 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
1261 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
1262 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
1263 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
1264 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
1265 only fully supported on btrfs.
1266
1267 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
1268 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
1269 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
1270 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
1271 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
1272 information about images.
1273
1274 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
1275 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
1276 it, with the new "machinectl list-images" command. It also
1277 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
1278 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
1279 legacy file systems).
1280
1281 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
1282 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
1283 shown in networkctl output.
1284
1285 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
1286 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
1287 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
1288 processes as system services while interactively
1289 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
1290 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
1291 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
1292 full login session, the difference being that the former
1293 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
1294 setup.
1295
1296 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
1297 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
1298 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
1299 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
1300 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
1301
1302 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
1303 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
1304 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
1305 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
1306 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
1307 via qemu/kvm.
1308
1309 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
1310 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
1311 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
1312 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
1313 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
1314 disk images, too.
1315
1316 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
1317 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
1318 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
1319 integrate with that.
1320
1321 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
1322 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
1323 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
1324 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
1325
1326 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
1327 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
1328 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
1329
1330 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
1331 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
1332 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
1333 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
1334 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
1335 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
1336 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
1337 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
1338 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
1339 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
1340
1341 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
1342 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
1343 files.
1344
1345 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
1346 per-service in PID 1.This is useful for daemons to ensure
1347 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
Torstein Husebø94e5ba32015-07-24 11:14:01 +02001348 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01001349 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
1350 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
1351 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
1352 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
1353 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
1354 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
1355 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
1356 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
1357 explicitly turned on.
1358
1359 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
1360 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
1361 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
1362 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
1363
1364 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
1365 supported.
1366
1367 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
1368 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
1369 user/session following the status output. Similar,
1370 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
1371 associated with a virtual machine or container
1372 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
1373 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
1374 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
1375 output however.)
1376
1377 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
1378 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
1379 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
1380 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
1381 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
1382 caller's session/user.
1383
1384 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
1385 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
1386 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
1387 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
1388 user services.
1389
1390 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
1391 same way as unit files.
1392
1393 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
1394 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
1395 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
1396 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
1397 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
1398 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
1399 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
1400 the host.
1401
1402 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
1403 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
1404 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
1405 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
1406 the host as if their services were running directly on the
1407 host.
1408
Lennart Poetteringdd2fd152015-02-16 19:36:51 +01001409 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01001410 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
1411 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
1412 updated to make use of it too by default.
1413
1414 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
1415 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
1416 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
1417 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
1418
1419 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
1420 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
1421 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
1422 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
1423 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
1424 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
1425 modification.
1426
1427 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
1428 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
1429 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen7edecf22015-02-16 21:21:16 +01001430 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01001431 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
1432 information about Touchpad types.
1433
1434 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
1435 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
1436
1437 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
1438 Policy link field.
1439
1440 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
1441 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
1442
1443 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
1444 ACLs on files.
1445
1446 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
1447 tmpfs, automatically.
1448
1449 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
1450 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
1451 status" output, if available.
1452
1453 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
1454 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
1455 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
1456 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
1457 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
1458 run on next reboot.
1459
1460 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
1461 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
1462 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
1463 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
1464 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
1465 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
1466 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
1467
1468 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
1469 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
1470 after a configurable timeout.
1471
1472 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
1473 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
1474 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
1475 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
1476 it non-idle.
1477
1478 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
1479 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
1480
1481 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
1482 each .network interface in networkd.
1483
1484 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
1485 in .network files.
1486
1487 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
1488 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
1489
Lennart Poettering11ea2782015-02-12 20:45:19 +01001490 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
Lennart Poetteringd2c643c2015-02-16 17:17:07 +01001491 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
1492 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
1493 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
1494 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
1495 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
1496 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
1497 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
1498 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
1499 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
1500 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
1501 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
1502 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
1503 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
1504 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
Lennart Poettering11ea2782015-02-12 20:45:19 +01001505 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
1506 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
1507 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
1508 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
1509 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1510 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
1511 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
Lennart Poetteringd2c643c2015-02-16 17:17:07 +01001512 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
1513 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering11ea2782015-02-12 20:45:19 +01001514
Lennart Poetteringd2c643c2015-02-16 17:17:07 +01001515 -- Berlin, 2015-02-16
Lennart Poettering11ea2782015-02-12 20:45:19 +01001516
David Herrmannd4f5a1f2014-11-24 15:12:42 +01001517CHANGES WITH 218:
1518
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01001519 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
1520 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
1521 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
Evgeny Vereshchaginc7683ff2015-08-16 18:10:23 +00001522 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01001523
1524 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02001525 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01001526 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
1527 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
1528 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
1529
1530 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
1531
1532 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02001533 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01001534 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
1535 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
1536 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
1537 modified configuration after editing.
1538
1539 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
1540 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
1541 system preset files.
1542
1543 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
1544 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
1545 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
1546 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
1547 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
1548 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
1549 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
1550 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
1551 other contexts.
1552
1553 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
1554 inhibitors.
1555
Lennart Poettering122676c2014-12-10 23:17:54 +01001556 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02001557 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
Lennart Poettering122676c2014-12-10 23:17:54 +01001558 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
1559 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
1560 managers.
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01001561
1562 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
1563 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
1564 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
1565 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
1566 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02001567 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01001568 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
1569 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
1570 parallel to journald.
1571
1572 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
1573 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
1574 available.
1575
1576 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
1577 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02001578 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01001579 or are not older than the specified time.
1580
1581 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
1582 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
1583 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
1584 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
1585
1586 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
1587 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
1588 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
1589 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
1590 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
1591 communication.
1592
1593 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
1594 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
1595 services.
1596
1597 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
1598 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
1599 including their signature and values. This is particularly
1600 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
1601 the new "busctl tree" command.
1602
1603 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
1604 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
1605 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
1606 friendly way.
1607
1608 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
1609 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
1610 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
1611 race-ful way.
1612
1613 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
1614 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
Ronny Chevalier17c29492014-12-10 00:50:24 +01001615 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01001616 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
1617 --link-journal=try-guest.
1618
1619 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
1620 stable MAC addresses.
1621
1622 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
1623 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
1624 the respective unit shall use.
1625
David Herrmannd4f5a1f2014-11-24 15:12:42 +01001626 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
1627 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
1628 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
1629 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
1630
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02001631 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01001632 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02001633 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01001634 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
1635 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
1636 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
1637
Ronny Chevalier17c29492014-12-10 00:50:24 +01001638 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01001639 details see:
1640
1641 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
1642
1643 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
1644 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
Josh Triplett997b2b42014-11-29 14:01:47 -08001645 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
1646 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
1647 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
1648 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
1649 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
1650 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
1651 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
1652 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
1653 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
1654 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
1655
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01001656 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
1657 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
1658 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
1659 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
1660 bluetooth, ...) is used.
1661
1662 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
1663 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
1664 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
1665 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
1666 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
1667 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
1668 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
1669 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
1670
1671 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02001672 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01001673 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
1674 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
1675 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
1676 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
1677 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
1678 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
1679 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
1680 interface.
1681
1682 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
1683 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
1684 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
1685 luks.name= argument.
1686
1687 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
1688 (this was previously already available for scope and service
1689 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
1690 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
1691 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
1692 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
1693
1694 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
1695 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
1696 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
1697
Lennart Poettering13e92f32014-12-10 00:30:19 +01001698 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
1699 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
1700 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
1701 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
1702 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
1703 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
1704 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
1705 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
1706 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
1707 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
1708 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
Lennart Poettering7da81d32014-12-10 22:33:21 +01001709 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
1710 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
1711 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
1712 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
1713 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
1714 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
1715 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering13e92f32014-12-10 00:30:19 +01001716
1717 -- Berlin, 2014-12-10
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01001718
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04001719CHANGES WITH 217:
1720
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01001721 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
1722 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
1723 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
1724 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04001725
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka65b8242014-11-01 13:52:14 -04001726 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
1727 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
1728 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
1729 now waits until the operation is complete.
Umut Tezduyar Lindskog2a97b032014-10-29 11:20:02 +01001730
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04001731 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
1732 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
Lennart Poettering4bdc60c2014-10-24 19:06:23 +02001733 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
1734 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01001735 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
Lennart Poettering4bdc60c2014-10-24 19:06:23 +02001736 connection.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04001737
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01001738 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
1739 commands anymore.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04001740
1741 * User units are now loaded also from
1742 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
1743 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
1744 supported, but is under the control of the user.
1745
Lennart Poettering4ffd29f2014-10-28 02:17:12 +01001746 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
1747 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
1748 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
1749 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
1750 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
1751 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
1752 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
1753 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
1754 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
1755 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
1756 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
1757 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
1758 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
1759 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
1760 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
1761 question.
1762
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04001763 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
1764 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
1765 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
1766
1767 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
1768 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
1769 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
Lennart Poettering81c7dd82014-11-06 20:06:30 +01001770 command line to trigger resume.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04001771
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01001772 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
1773 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
1774 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
Lennart Poettering09077142014-10-28 12:31:11 +01001775 Desktop=systemd-console.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04001776
1777 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
1778 systemd-networkd.
1779
Kay Sieversba8df742014-10-28 15:53:44 +01001780 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01001781 from the information provided by the networking stack
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04001782 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
1783
1784 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
1785 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
1786
1787 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
1788 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
1789 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
1790
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01001791 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04001792
Lennart Poettering4bdc60c2014-10-24 19:06:23 +02001793 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
Ronny Chevalierf6d1de82014-10-28 16:04:21 +01001794 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04001795 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01001796 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
1797 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
1798 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04001799
Lennart Poetteringc4ac9902014-10-28 20:36:32 +01001800 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04001801 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
1802 respected.
1803
1804 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
1805 virtualization.
1806
1807 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
Kay Sieversba8df742014-10-28 15:53:44 +01001808 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01001809 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
1810 on.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04001811
Michal Schmidte6c253e2014-10-16 13:49:04 +02001812 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
1813
1814 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
1815
Kay Sieversba8df742014-10-28 15:53:44 +01001816 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
1817 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
Michal Schmidte6c253e2014-10-16 13:49:04 +02001818 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
1819 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
1820 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
1821 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
1822 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
1823
Lennart Poettering4bdc60c2014-10-24 19:06:23 +02001824 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
1825 available for service units, that allows locking all service
1826 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
1827 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
1828 from the service's view entirely.
1829
1830 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
1831 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
1832
1833 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
1834 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
1835 session.
1836
1837 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
1838 legacy-free systems.
1839
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01001840 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
1841 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
1842 easily.
1843
1844 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
1845 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
1846 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
1847 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
1848 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
1849 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
1850 option.
1851
1852 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
Tom Gundersend4474c42014-10-28 15:42:57 +01001853 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01001854 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
1855 /usr.
1856
Ronny Chevalierf6d1de82014-10-28 16:04:21 +01001857 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01001858 services, not only the main process.
1859
1860 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
1861 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
1862 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
1863 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
1864 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
1865
Timofey Titovets37694152014-10-26 00:17:24 +03001866 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
1867 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
1868 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
1869 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
1870 directly from now on, again.
1871
Lennart Poetteringfae93322014-10-28 15:17:53 +01001872 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
1873 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
1874 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
1875 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
Kay Sieversba8df742014-10-28 15:53:44 +01001876 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
Lennart Poetteringfae93322014-10-28 15:17:53 +01001877 unit file enabling and disabling.
1878
Lennart Poetteringcfa15712014-10-28 15:35:35 +01001879 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
1880 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
1881 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
1882 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
1883 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
1884 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
1885 unnecessary or unlikely.
1886
Lennart Poettering7e63dd12014-10-28 15:44:00 +01001887 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
1888 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
Kay Sieversba8df742014-10-28 15:53:44 +01001889 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
Lennart Poettering7e63dd12014-10-28 15:44:00 +01001890 "anually", "hourly", ...).
1891
Tom Gundersend4474c42014-10-28 15:42:57 +01001892 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
1893 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
1894 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
1895 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
1896 overwritten at runtime.
1897
Lennart Poettering3b187c52014-10-28 18:10:48 +01001898 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
1899 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
1900 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
1901 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
1902 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
1903 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
1904 segmentation fault.
1905
Lennart Poettering4b08dd82014-10-28 15:20:16 +01001906 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
1907 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
1908 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
1909 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
1910 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
1911 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
1912 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
1913 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
1914 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
1915 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
1916 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
1917 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
1918 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
1919 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
1920 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
1921 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
1922 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
1923 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
1924 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
1925 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
1926 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
Lennart Poettering13e92f32014-12-10 00:30:19 +01001927 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering4b08dd82014-10-28 15:20:16 +01001928
1929 -- Berlin, 2014-10-28
1930
Kay Sieversb72ddf02014-07-09 14:29:20 +02001931CHANGES WITH 216:
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02001932
1933 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
Kay Sieversb72ddf02014-07-09 14:29:20 +02001934 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02001935 implementations should add a
1936
Kay Sieversb72ddf02014-07-09 14:29:20 +02001937 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02001938
1939 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
1940 default functionality.
1941
1942 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
1943 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
1944 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
1945 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
1946 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
1947 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
1948 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
1949 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
1950 files might need to be owned by them. A new
1951 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
1952 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
1953 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
1954 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
1955
1956 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen5f02e262014-08-19 23:10:53 +02001957 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02001958 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
1959 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
1960 expected to be added eventually, too.
1961
1962 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
1963 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
1964 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
1965 new command to update these fields.
1966
1967 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
1968 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
1969 have been discovered via DHCP.
1970
1971 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
1972 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
Ansgar Burchardtdaa05342014-08-26 00:19:54 +02001973 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
1974 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02001975 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
1976 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
1977 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
1978 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen5f02e262014-08-19 23:10:53 +02001979 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02001980 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
1981 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
1982 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
Daniel Macka1a4a252014-08-19 22:23:43 +02001983 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02001984 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
1985 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
1986 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
1987 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
1988 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
1989 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
1990 implementation to systemd-resolved.
1991
1992 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
1993 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
1994 containers to their respective IP addresses.
1995
1996 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
1997 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
1998 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen5f02e262014-08-19 23:10:53 +02001999 and present it to the user in a very friendly
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02002000 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
2001 control utility for networkd.
2002
2003 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
2004 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02002005 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02002006 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
2007 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
2008 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
2009 (NoDelay=).
2010
Daniel Macka1a4a252014-08-19 22:23:43 +02002011 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02002012 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
2013
2014 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
2015 be started only after timer-sync.target has been
2016 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
2017 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
2018 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
2019 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
2020
2021 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
2022 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
2023 of the link.
2024
2025 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
2026 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
2027
2028 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
2029 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
2030
2031 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
Lennart Poettering01da80b2014-08-19 23:37:16 +02002032 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
2033 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
2034 for DHCP.
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02002035
2036 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
2037 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
2038 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
2039 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
2040 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
2041 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
2042 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
2043 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
2044
2045 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
2046 validation of unit files.
2047
2048 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
2049 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
2050 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
2051 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
2052 address may now be configured.
2053
Tom Gundersen26568402014-08-19 23:44:17 +02002054 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
2055 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
2056 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
2057 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
2058
2059 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
2060 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
2061
2062 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
2063 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
2064 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
2065 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
2066
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02002067 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
2068 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
2069 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
2070 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
2071 implementation.
2072
2073 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
2074 journal data to a remote system running
2075 systemd-journal-remote.
2076
2077 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
2078 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
2079 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
2080 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
2081 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen5f02e262014-08-19 23:10:53 +02002082 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02002083 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
2084 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
2085 version, you have to turn this option on again
2086 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
2087
2088 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
2089 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
2090 better than XZ which was the previous default.
2091
2092 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
2093 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
2094
2095 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
2096 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
2097
2098 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
2099 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
2100 "systemctl status" output for a service.
2101
2102 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
2103 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
Daniel Macka1a4a252014-08-19 22:23:43 +02002104 hostname, root password) interactively on first
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02002105 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
2106 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
2107
Lennart Poettering01da80b2014-08-19 23:37:16 +02002108 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
2109
2110 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
2111
2112 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
2113 when primary addresses are removed.
2114
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02002115 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
2116 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
2117 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
2118 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
2119 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
2120 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
2121 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2122 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2123 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
2124 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
2125 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
2126 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
2127 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
2128 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
2129 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2130
2131 -- Berlin, 2014-08-19
Kay Sieversb72ddf02014-07-09 14:29:20 +02002132
Kay Sievers3dff3e02014-06-12 14:59:53 +02002133CHANGES WITH 215:
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02002134
2135 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
2136 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
2137 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
2138 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
2139 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
2140 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
2141 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
2142 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
2143 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
2144 require.
2145
2146 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
2147 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
2148
2149 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
2150 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
2151 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
2152 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
2153 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
2154 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
2155 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
2156
2157 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
2158 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
2159 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
2160 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
2161 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
2162 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
2163 update or reset should use this condition and order
2164 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
2165 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
2166 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
2167 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
2168 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
2169 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
2170 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersence1dde22014-07-01 21:11:35 +02002171 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02002172 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
2173
2174 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
2175
2176 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
2177 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
2178 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
Kay Sievers3dff3e02014-06-12 14:59:53 +02002179 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
2180
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02002181 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
2182 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
2183 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
2184 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
2185 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
2186 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
2187 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02002188 .network files using settings of this section should be
2189 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
2190 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02002191
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02002192 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
2193 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02002194
2195 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
2196 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
2197 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
2198 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
2199 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
2200 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
2201 of nspawn instances.
2202
2203 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
2204 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
2205 added.
2206
2207 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
2208 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
2209 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
2210 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
2211 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
2212 configuration stored in /etc.
2213
2214 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
2215 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
2216 parsing of unknown mount options.
2217
2218 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
2219 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
2220 it already exist and not already be the correct
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02002221 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02002222 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
2223 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
2224 pre-existing files of different types.
2225
2226 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
2227 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersence1dde22014-07-01 21:11:35 +02002228 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02002229 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
2230 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
2231 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
2232 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
2233
2234 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
2235 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
2236 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
2237 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
2238 shall be executed.
2239
2240 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
2241 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersence1dde22014-07-01 21:11:35 +02002242 example whether it is fully up and running.
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02002243
2244 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
2245 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
2246 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
2247 reset.
2248
2249 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
2250 most basic services systemd ships by default.
2251
2252 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
2253 field for defining the default instance to create if a
2254 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
2255
2256 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
2257 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
2258 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
2259
2260 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
2261 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
2262 access to this group.
2263
2264 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
2265 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
2266 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
2267 to the journal.
2268
2269 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
2270 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
2271 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
2272 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
2273 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
2274 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
2275
2276 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
2277 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
2278 that makes sure to only show information about the most
2279 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
2280 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
2281 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
2282 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
2283 the old name to the new name.
2284
2285 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersence1dde22014-07-01 21:11:35 +02002286 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02002287 coredumpctl without restrictions.
2288
2289 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
2290 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
2291 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
2292 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
2293 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
2294 "systemd-debug-generator".
2295
2296 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
2297 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
2298 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
2299 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
2300 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
2301 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
2302 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02002303 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
2304 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02002305 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
2306 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
2307
2308 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
2309 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
2310 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02002311 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
2312 been added to query many of these paths for the local
2313 machine and user.
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02002314
2315 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
2316 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
2317 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
2318 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
2319 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
2320
2321 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
2322 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
2323 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
2324 couple of drop-in directories.
2325
Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo3058e012014-07-01 10:11:50 -03002326 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
2327 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
2328 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
2329 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
2330 for dev_port.
2331
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02002332 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
2333 container (read from /etc/os-release and
2334 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
2335 "machinectl status" for a machine.
2336
2337 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
2338 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
2339 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
2340 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
2341 Restart= setting.
2342
2343 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
2344 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
2345 directly connect to a specific container on the
2346 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
2347 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
2348 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
2349 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
2350 containers is a privileged operation.
2351
2352 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
2353 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
2354 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
2355 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
2356 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
2357 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
2358 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
2359 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
2360 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
2361 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
2362 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
2363 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2364
2365 -- Berlin, 2014-07-03
2366
Kay Sievers4196a3e2014-06-11 12:00:47 +02002367CHANGES WITH 214:
2368
2369 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
2370 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
2371 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
2372 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
2373 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
2374 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
2375 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
2376 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
2377 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
Kay Sievers71449ca2014-06-11 14:04:28 +02002378 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02002379 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
Kay Sievers4196a3e2014-06-11 12:00:47 +02002380 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
Jan Engelhardt45df8652014-06-28 00:49:12 +02002381 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
Kay Sievers4196a3e2014-06-11 12:00:47 +02002382 devices are excluded from this logic.
2383
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02002384 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
2385 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
2386 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
2387 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
2388 change has been released.
2389
2390 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02002391 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02002392 libattr is thus unnecessary.
2393
2394 * Virtualization detection works without priviliges now. This
2395 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
2396 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
Kay Sievers71449ca2014-06-11 14:04:28 +02002397 with fewer privileges.
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02002398
2399 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
2400 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
2401 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
2402 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
2403
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02002404 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02002405 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
2406
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02002407 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02002408 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
2409
2410 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02002411 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02002412 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
2413
2414 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
2415 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02002416 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02002417 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
2418 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
Mantas Mikulėnasc54bed52014-06-11 17:09:11 +03002419 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02002420
Lennart Poetteringcd14eda2014-06-11 15:32:20 +02002421 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02002422 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
2423 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
Lennart Poetteringcd14eda2014-06-11 15:32:20 +02002424
Ansgar Burchardtef392da2014-07-28 18:57:30 +02002425 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02002426 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02002427 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
2428 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
2429 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
2430 modifications of user data or system files from
2431 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
2432 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
2433
2434 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
2435 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
2436 and FIFOs in the file system.
2437
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02002438 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02002439 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
2440 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
2441
2442 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
2443 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
Jan Engelhardt45df8652014-06-28 00:49:12 +02002444 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
Kay Sievers71449ca2014-06-11 14:04:28 +02002445 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02002446 the socket itself.
2447
2448 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
2449 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
2450 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
2451 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
2452 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
2453 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
2454 symlinks, and nothing else.
2455
2456 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
2457 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
2458 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
2459 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
2460 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
2461 process (for example, the parent process). The
2462 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
2463 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
2464 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
2465 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
2466 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
2467 messages to services when the originating process already
2468 vanished.
2469
2470 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02002471 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02002472 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
2473 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
2474 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
2475 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
2476 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
2477 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
2478 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
2479 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
2480 all long-running services.
2481
2482 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
2483 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
2484 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
2485 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
2486 service.
2487
2488 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
2489 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
2490 applied to all submounts, too.
2491
2492 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
2493
2494 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
2495 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
2496 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
2497 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
2498 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
2499 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
2500 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
2501
Torstein Husebøcc98b302015-01-26 15:29:14 +01002502 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02002503 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
2504 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
Kay Sievers71449ca2014-06-11 14:04:28 +02002505 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02002506 (domU) domains.
2507
2508 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
2509 files or entire directories.
2510
2511 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02002512 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
2513 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
2514 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02002515 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
2516
2517 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
2518 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
2519 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
2520 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02002521 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
2522 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02002523 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02002524 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02002525 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
2526 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
2527 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
2528 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
2529
2530 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
2531 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
2532 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
2533 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
2534
2535 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
2536 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
Ansgar Burchardtdaa05342014-08-26 00:19:54 +02002537 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02002538 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02002539 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
2540 non-directories.
2541
2542 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
2543 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
2544 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
2545
Lennart Poettering4c0d13b2014-06-11 18:42:38 +02002546 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
2547 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
2548 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
2549 this group.
2550
Lennart Poetteringdc1d6c02014-06-11 15:04:59 +02002551 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
2552 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
2553 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
2554 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
2555 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2556 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
2557 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2558
2559 -- Berlin, 2014-06-11
2560
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08002561CHANGES WITH 213:
2562
2563 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
Kay Sievers69beda12014-05-24 14:50:17 +08002564 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08002565 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02002566 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08002567 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
Lennart Poetteringc9679c62014-05-28 09:43:43 +08002568 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
2569 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08002570 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02002571 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08002572 client should be more than appropriate for most
2573 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
2574 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
2575 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
2576 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
2577 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
Kay Sievers69beda12014-05-24 14:50:17 +08002578 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08002579 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02002580 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
Lennart Poetteringc9679c62014-05-28 09:43:43 +08002581 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02002582 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
Lennart Poetteringc9679c62014-05-28 09:43:43 +08002583 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08002584
Kay Sievers69beda12014-05-24 14:50:17 +08002585 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
2586 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08002587 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
2588 part of a different namespace.
2589
2590 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
2591 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04002592 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
2593 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08002594
2595 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
2596 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04002597 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08002598
2599 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
2600 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04002601 when a service fails. This works similarly to
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02002602 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08002603 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
2604 restart the service in question.
2605
2606 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04002607 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
2608 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
2609 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
2610 details when running non-locally.
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08002611
2612 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
2613 graphs it generates.
2614
2615 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
2616 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
2617 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
2618 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
2619 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
2620
2621 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
2622
2623 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
2624 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
2625 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
2626 what it was on SysV systems.
2627
2628 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
2629 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
2630
2631 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
2632 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
2633 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
2634 files.
2635
2636 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
2637 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
2638 to show these addresses in its output.
2639
2640 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
2641 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
2642 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
2643 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
2644 preferred over a text one.
2645
2646 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
2647 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
2648 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
2649 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
2650 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
2651 mDNS cache.
2652
Tom Gundersen68dd0952014-05-24 12:28:47 +02002653 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
2654 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
2655 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
2656 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
2657 of network configuration performed in some other way.
2658
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08002659 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04002660 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08002661 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
Kay Sievers69beda12014-05-24 14:50:17 +08002662 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08002663 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
2664
Lennart Poettering8e7acf62014-05-28 09:39:55 +08002665 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
2666 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
2667 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02002668 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
Lennart Poettering8e7acf62014-05-28 09:39:55 +08002669 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
2670 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
2671 overrides any other settings.
2672
2673 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08002674 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
2675 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
2676 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
2677 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
2678 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
2679 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
2680 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
2681 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
Lennart Poettering8e7acf62014-05-28 09:39:55 +08002682 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
2683 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
2684 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
2685 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
2686 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
2687 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
2688 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08002689 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2690
Lennart Poettering8e7acf62014-05-28 09:39:55 +08002691 -- Beijing, 2014-05-28
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08002692
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01002693CHANGES WITH 212:
2694
2695 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
2696 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
2697 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
2698 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
2699 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
2700 by accident.
2701
2702 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
2703 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
2704 registered with machined.
2705
2706 * sd-login gained new calls
2707 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
2708 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04002709 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01002710 counterparts.
2711
2712 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
2713 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
2714 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
2715 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
2716 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
2717 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
2718 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
2719 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
2720 once.
2721
2722 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
2723 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
2724 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
2725
2726 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
2727 units on all local containers, when used with the
2728 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
2729 executed when no parameters are specified).
2730
2731 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
2732 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
2733 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
2734 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
2735
2736 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
Jan Engelhardt70a44af2014-05-03 19:15:24 +02002737 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01002738 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
2739 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
2740 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
2741 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
2742
2743 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
2744 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
2745 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
2746 of the container.
2747
2748 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
2749 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
2750 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
2751 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
2752 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02002753 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
2754 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
2755 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01002756
2757 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
2758 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
2759 instead of /.
2760
2761 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
2762 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
2763 emergency messages now.
2764
2765 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
2766 journal log messages across the network.
2767
2768 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
2769 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
2770 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
2771 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
2772 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
2773 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
2774 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
2775
2776 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
2777 down a local OS container.
2778
2779 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
2780 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
2781 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
2782
2783 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
2784 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
2785 this is appropriate.
2786
2787 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02002788 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01002789 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
2790
2791 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
2792 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
2793 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
2794 for debugging purposes.
2795
2796 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
2797 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
2798 in seconds.
2799
2800 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
2801 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
2802 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
2803 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
2804 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
2805 like on traditional inetd.
2806
2807 * A new system.conf configuration option
2808 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
2809 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
2810
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02002811 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01002812 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
2813 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
2814 do these days).
2815
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02002816 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01002817 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
2818 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
2819 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02002820 could not take place because the system was powered off.
2821 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01002822
2823 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
2824 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
2825 it will be triggered.
2826
2827 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
2828 addresses to its local interfaces.
2829
2830 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
2831 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
2832 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
2833 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
2834 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
2835 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
2836 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
2837 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
2838 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2839
2840 -- Berlin, 2014-03-25
2841
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01002842CHANGES WITH 211:
2843
2844 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
2845 added to restrict which socket address families unit
2846 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
2847 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
2848 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
2849 is built on seccomp system call filters.
2850
2851 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
2852 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
2853 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
2854 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
2855 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
2856 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
2857 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
2858 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
Nis Martensenf1721622014-05-18 15:43:18 +02002859 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01002860
2861 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
2862 matching against device group names.
2863
2864 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
2865 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
2866 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
2867 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
David Herrmann22e70622014-03-11 20:46:57 +01002868 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01002869 though.
2870
2871 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
2872 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
2873 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02002874 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01002875 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
2876 (http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
2877 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
2878 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02002879 systems prepared appropriately.
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01002880
2881 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
2882 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
2883 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
2884 (see above). This means that installations made with
2885 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
2886 deployed using container managers, completely
2887 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
2888 this feature soon, too.)
2889
2890 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
2891 set up a private macvlan interface for the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04002892 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01002893 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
2894
2895 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
2896 using IPv4LL.
2897
2898 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
2899 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
2900 systemd-networkd.
2901
2902 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
2903 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
2904 still not a public API though (unless you specify
2905 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
2906 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
2907
2908 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
2909 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
2910 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
Kay Sievers4ef6e532014-03-11 20:41:12 +01002911 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01002912 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
2913 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
2914 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
2915 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
2916 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
2917 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
2918 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
Kay Sievers4ef6e532014-03-11 20:41:12 +01002919 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01002920 users.
2921
2922 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
2923 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
2924 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
2925 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
2926 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
2927 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
2928 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
2929 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
2930 due to a closed lid.
2931
2932 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
2933 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
2934 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
2935 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
Kay Sievers4ef6e532014-03-11 20:41:12 +01002936 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01002937 order to then act as suspend blocker.
2938
2939 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
2940 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
2941 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
2942 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
2943 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
2944
2945 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
2946 now also work in --scope mode.
2947
2948 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
2949 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
2950 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
2951 promises are made.)
2952
2953 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
2954 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
2955 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
2956 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
2957 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
2958 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
2959 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
2960 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
2961 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
2962 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2963
Lennart Poettering13b28d82014-03-12 16:39:21 +01002964 -- Berlin, 2014-03-12
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01002965
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01002966CHANGES WITH 210:
2967
2968 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
2969 according to SMACK rules.
2970
Lennart Poettering67dd87c2014-02-25 02:36:12 +01002971 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01002972 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
2973
2974 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
2975 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
2976 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
2977
2978 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
2979 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
2980 and machine ID.
2981
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01002982 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01002983 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02002984 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01002985 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
2986 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01002987 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02002988 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01002989 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01002990 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
2991 backpack or similar.
2992
2993 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
2994 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01002995 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
Ansgar Burchardt949138c2014-02-25 10:53:49 +01002996 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01002997 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
2998 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
2999 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
3000 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
3001 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
3002 this on its own.
3003
3004 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
3005 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
3006 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
3007 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
3008
3009 * We will now ship a default .network file for
3010 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
3011 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
3012 --network-bridge= switches.
3013
3014 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
3015 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
3016 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
3017 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
3018 metrics, according to what is customary according to
3019 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
3020 each configuration option.
3021
3022 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01003023 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01003024 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02003025 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01003026 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
3027
3028 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
3029 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
3030 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
3031 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
3032 triggered by other work being done in the program.
3033
3034 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
3035 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
3036 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
3037 default however.
3038
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02003039 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01003040 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
3041 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02003042 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01003043 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
3044 them with systemd-networkd.
3045
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01003046 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
3047 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
3048 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02003049 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01003050 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
3051 is drastically increased, but given that these are
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02003052 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01003053 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
3054 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02003055 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01003056 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01003057 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
3058 during a transitional period!
3059
Lennart Poettering13b28d82014-03-12 16:39:21 +01003060 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01003061 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
3062 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
3063 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
3064 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3065 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
3066 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
3067 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3068
3069 -- Berlin, 2014-02-24
3070
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003071CHANGES WITH 209:
3072
3073 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
3074 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003075 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
3076 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01003077 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003078 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
3079 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01003080 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05003081 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01003082 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05003083 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
3084 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003085
3086 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003087 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003088 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
3089 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003090 machines and the like.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003091
3092 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
3093 shutdown/boot.
3094
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003095 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
3096 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003097
3098 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
3099 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003100 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003101 prepared for additional security frameworks.
3102
3103 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
3104 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003105 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003106 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003107 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003108 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
3109
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekdfb08b02014-02-23 18:11:48 -05003110 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
3111 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
3112 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02003113 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekdfb08b02014-02-23 18:11:48 -05003114 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
3115 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
3116 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
3117 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
3118 be adapated to override 99-default.link instead.
3119
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003120 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003121 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003122
3123 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
3124 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
3125 implementation.
3126
3127 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003128 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003129 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
3130 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
3131 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
3132 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
3133 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
3134 and .service units.
3135
3136 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
3137 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
3138 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
3139
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003140 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003141 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05003142 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003143 nothing makes use of it.
3144
3145 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
3146 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
3147 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
3148
3149 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
3150 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
3151 compatibility purposes.
3152
3153 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
3154 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
3155 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
Kay Sieversb9761002014-02-18 03:06:15 +01003156 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003157 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
3158 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
3159 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
3160 process handling.
3161
3162 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
3163 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
3164 style to "sd-bus.h".
3165
Patrik Flykt7e95eda2014-02-18 16:30:09 +02003166 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
3167 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003168 "systemd-networkd".
3169
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003170 * There is a new kernel command line option
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003171 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
3172 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
3173 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
3174 are not restored.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003175
3176 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
3177 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
3178 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
3179 PID1's support for that anymore.
3180
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003181 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003182 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
3183
3184 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
3185 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
3186 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
3187 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
3188 container that is registered with machined, such as those
3189 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
3190
3191 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003192 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003193 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
3194 onto remote systems.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003195
3196 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
3197 login in any local container. This works with any container
3198 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01003199 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003200
3201 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
3202 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
3203 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
3204 system of some kind.
3205
3206 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
3207 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
3208 next.
3209
3210 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
3211 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
3212 reboot() system call.
3213
3214 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
3215 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003216 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003217 still available but not advertised anymore.
3218
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003219 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
3220 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
Kay Sieversb9761002014-02-18 03:06:15 +01003221 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003222 within each Unit.
3223
Lennart Poettering270f1622014-02-18 03:03:04 +01003224 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
3225 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01003226 the kernel).
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003227
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01003228 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05003229 timestamps (following the setting in
3230 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003231
3232 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
3233 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
3234
3235 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
3236 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
3237
3238 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
3239 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
3240 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
3241
3242 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
3243 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05003244 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
3245 the full configuration is shown.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003246
3247 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
3248 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05003249 those commands which take multiple unit names.
3250
3251 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003252
3253 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
3254 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
3255
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003256 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003257 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
3258 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
3259 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
3260
3261 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
3262 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
3263 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
3264 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
3265
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003266 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
3267 of the legend text.
3268
3269 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
3270 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
3271 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
3272 remote sessions.
3273
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01003274 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
3275 information of SDIO devices.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003276
3277 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
3278 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
3279 the system manager.
3280
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05003281 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003282 short description of the connection parameters in the
3283 description.
3284
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003285 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003286 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01003287 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05003288 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
3289 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
3290 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
3291 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003292
Daniel Buchc0c5af02014-02-18 08:13:25 +01003293 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003294 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003295 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003296 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
3297 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
3298 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003299 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003300 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003301 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
3302
Lennart Poettering6300b3e2014-02-20 03:55:22 +01003303 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
3304 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
3305 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
3306 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003307 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
3308 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003309 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02003310 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
Lennart Poettering6300b3e2014-02-20 03:55:22 +01003311 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
3312 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
3313 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
3314 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
3315 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
3316 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
3317 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
3318 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
3319 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
3320 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
3321 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003322 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003323 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003324 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
3325 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
3326
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003327 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003328 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003329 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
3330 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
3331 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003332 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003333 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
3334 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003335 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003336 that you are aware of the instability of the current
Kay Sieversad42cf72014-02-18 03:19:57 +01003337 APIs.
3338
3339 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003340 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003341 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003342 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
3343 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
3344 declare the APIs stable.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003345
Lennart Poettering81c7dd82014-11-06 20:06:30 +01003346 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
Kay Sieversad42cf72014-02-18 03:19:57 +01003347 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003348 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
Kay Sieversad42cf72014-02-18 03:19:57 +01003349 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003350 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
Kay Sieversad42cf72014-02-18 03:19:57 +01003351 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
3352 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
3353 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
3354 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
3355 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
3356 one of them is updated.
3357
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003358 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003359 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003360 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
3361 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
3362 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
3363
3364 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
3365 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
3366 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003367 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003368 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003369 entry points.
3370
3371 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
3372 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
3373 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
3374 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003375 been disabled at compile-time.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003376
3377 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05003378 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003379 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
3380 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
3381
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05003382 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
3383 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
3384 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003385
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05003386 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
3387 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
3388 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003389
3390 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
3391 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01003392 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05003393
3394 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
3395 remains until jobs expire.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003396
3397 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003398 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003399 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01003400 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003401 all remaining processes of the service.
3402
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003403 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
3404 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003405 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
3406 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
3407 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003408 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003409 manager process which created them takes no further
3410 responsibilities for it.
3411
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05003412 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003413 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
3414 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
3415 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
3416 marked executable or world-writable.
3417
3418 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003419 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05003420 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
3421 "--setenv=" for consistency.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003422
3423 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
3424 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
Kay Sieversb9761002014-02-18 03:06:15 +01003425 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003426 independent of the host.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003427
3428 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
3429 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
Kay Sieversb9761002014-02-18 03:06:15 +01003430 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003431 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
3432
3433 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
3434 with specific SELinux labels set.
3435
3436 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
3437 any additional output but the container's own console
3438 output.
3439
3440 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
3441 container without PID namespacing enabled.
3442
3443 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05003444 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01003445 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003446 OS images, but only specific apps.
3447
3448 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003449 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003450 results in registration of the unit service itself in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05003451 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003452
3453 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
3454 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003455 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003456 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
3457 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
3458 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003459
Lennart Poettering6afc95b2014-02-18 23:35:19 +01003460 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
3461 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
Jan Engelhardt70a44af2014-05-03 19:15:24 +02003462 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02003463 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
3464 units to use.
Lennart Poettering6afc95b2014-02-18 23:35:19 +01003465
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003466 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
3467 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
3468 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
3469 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
3470
3471 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
3472 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
3473 context for a service.
3474
3475 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
3476 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003477 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
3478 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003479 influence this logic.
3480
3481 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
3482 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
3483 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
3484 other things.
3485
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003486 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003487 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02003488 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
3489 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003490 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
3491 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
3492 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01003493 architectures). There is also a global
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05003494 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003495 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
3496
Kay Sievers210054d2014-02-21 18:11:47 +01003497 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
3498 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
3499
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003500 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
3501 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
3502 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
3503 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
3504 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
3505 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
3506 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
3507 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
3508 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3509 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
3510 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
3511 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
3512 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3513 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
3514 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
3515 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
3516 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
3517 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
3518 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
3519 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
3520 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3521 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
3522 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
3523 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3524
Lennart Poettering6300b3e2014-02-20 03:55:22 +01003525 -- Berlin, 2014-02-20
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01003526
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02003527CHANGES WITH 208:
3528
3529 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
3530 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
3531 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
3532 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
3533 access input and drm devices which are normally
3534 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
3535 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
3536 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
3537 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
3538 session switching without allowing background sessions to
3539 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
3540 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
3541 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
3542
3543 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
Ruben Kerkhof06b643e2014-08-30 17:13:16 +02003544 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02003545 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
3546
3547 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
3548 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
3549 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
3550 kernel version number.
3551
3552 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
3553 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02003554 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02003555
3556 * This release removes high-level support for the
3557 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
3558 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
3559 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02003560 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02003561
3562 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
3563 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
3564 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
Torstein Husebøcc98b302015-01-26 15:29:14 +01003565 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
3566 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02003567 cgroup system.
3568
3569 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
3570 messages containing the slice a message was generated
3571 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
3572 logs among other things.
3573
3574 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
3575 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
3576 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
3577 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
3578 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
3579 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
3580 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
3581 journald which would be necessary to resolve
3582 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
3583 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
3584 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
3585 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
3586 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
3587 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
3588 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
3589 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
3590 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
3591 not delayed until next reboot.
3592
3593 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
3594 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
3595 systemd generated files in one directory.
3596
3597 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
3598 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
3599 performance information if that's available to determine how
3600 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
3601 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
3602 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
3603
3604 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
3605 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
3606 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
3607 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3608 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
3609 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
3610 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3611
3612 -- Berlin, 2013-10-02
3613
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02003614CHANGES WITH 207:
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02003615
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02003616 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
Kay Sieversf3a165b2013-09-13 02:24:57 +02003617 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02003618 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
3619 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
3620
3621 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
3622 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
3623 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
3624 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
3625 specified on the kernel command line less important.
3626
3627 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
3628 retrieve the VT number of a session.
3629
3630 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
3631 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
3632 maximum number of tries.
3633
3634 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
3635 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
3636 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
3637
3638 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
3639 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
3640
3641 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
3642 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02003643 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02003644
Kay Sieversf3a165b2013-09-13 02:24:57 +02003645 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
3646 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02003647 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
3648
3649 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
3650 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
Lennart Poettering387abf82013-09-17 13:57:04 -05003651 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02003652 and type).
3653
Kay Sieversf3a165b2013-09-13 02:24:57 +02003654 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02003655 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
3656
3657 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
3658 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
Kay Sieversf3a165b2013-09-13 02:24:57 +02003659 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02003660 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
3661
3662 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
3663 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
3664 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
3665 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
3666 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
3667 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
3668 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
3669 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
3670
3671 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
3672 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
3673 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
3674 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
3675
Lennart Poettering387abf82013-09-17 13:57:04 -05003676 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
3677 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
3678 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
3679 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
3680 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
3681 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
3682 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
Kay Sievers04bf3c12013-08-15 18:35:03 +02003683
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02003684 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
3685 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
3686
3687 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
3688 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
3689 automatically after the process terminated.
3690
3691 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
3692 certain paths from operation.
3693
3694 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekf47ad592014-11-01 14:33:01 -04003695 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
3696 is received.
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02003697
3698 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
3699 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
3700 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
3701 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
3702 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
3703 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
3704 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3705 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
3706 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
3707 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
3708 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
3709 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
3710 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3711
3712 -- Berlin, 2013-09-13
3713
Kay Sievers04bf3c12013-08-15 18:35:03 +02003714CHANGES WITH 206:
3715
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02003716 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
3717 concepts introduced with 205.
3718
3719 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
3720 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
3721 -r".
3722
3723 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
3724 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
Maciej Wereski33b521b2013-07-22 11:02:50 +02003725 --state= parameter.
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02003726
3727 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
3728 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
3729 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
3730 the journal.
3731
3732 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
3733 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
3734 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
3735
3736 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
3737 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
3738 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
3739 browsing logs from that point on.
3740
3741 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
3742 of an FSS key.
3743
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02003744 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
3745 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
3746 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
3747 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
3748 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02003749 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02003750 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
3751 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
3752 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
3753 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
3754 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
3755 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
3756 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
3757 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
3758
3759 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
3760 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
3761 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer whithout loading the
3762 backing module right-away.
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02003763
3764 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
3765 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
3766
3767 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
3768 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
3769
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02003770 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
3771 set of processes in the message metadata.
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02003772
3773 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
3774
3775 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
3776 support for passing performance data via environment
3777 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
3778 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
3779 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
3780 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
3781 deserialize it again.
3782
Kay Sievers28f5c772013-07-22 20:17:26 +02003783 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
3784 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
3785 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
3786 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02003787
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02003788 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
3789 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
3790 completely silent shutdown when used.
3791
3792 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
3793 option in .socket units.
3794
3795 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
3796 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
3797 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
3798 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
3799 system.slice as before.
3800
3801 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
3802
3803 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
3804 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
3805 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3806 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
3807 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
3808 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
3809 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3810
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02003811 -- Berlin, 2013-07-23
3812
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02003813CHANGES WITH 205:
3814
3815 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
3816
3817 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
3818 created out of pre-existing processes -- instead of PID 1
3819 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
3820 possible for system services and applications to group their
3821 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
3822 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
3823 together, or apply resource limits on them.
3824
3825 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
Torstein Husebøcc98b302015-01-26 15:29:14 +01003826 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02003827 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
3828 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
3829 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
3830
3831 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
3832 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
3833 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
3834 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
3835
3836 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
3837 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
3838 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
3839 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
3840 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
3841 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
3842 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
3843 and useful as a general batch manager.
3844
3845 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
3846 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
3847 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
3848 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
3849 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
3850 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
3851 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
3852 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
3853 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
3854 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
3855
3856 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
3857 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
3858 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
3859 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
3860 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
3861 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
3862 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
3863 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
3864 is compile-time optional.
3865
3866 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
3867 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
3868 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
3869 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
3870 well as slice units.
3871
3872 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
3873 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
3874 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
3875 but will be extended later on to make more properties
3876 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
3877 command that wraps this call.
3878
3879 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
3880 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
3881 while configuring a number of settings via the command
3882 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
3883 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
3884 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
3885 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
3886
3887 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
3888 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
3889 off audit.
3890
3891 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
3892 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
3893
3894 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1fda0ab2013-07-03 11:20:17 -04003895 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
3896 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
3897 and system logs.
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02003898
3899 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
3900 snippets extending unit files.
3901
3902 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
3903 not available as public API.
3904
3905 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04003906 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02003907 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
3908
3909 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
3910 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
3911 controls what to boot into by default.
3912
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1fda0ab2013-07-03 11:20:17 -04003913 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
3914 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
3915
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02003916 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
3917 generators needed for execution, as well as information
3918 about the unit file loading.
3919
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02003920 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
3921 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
3922 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
3923 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
3924 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
3925 racy due to journal file rotation.
3926
3927 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
3928 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
3929 all services.
3930
3931 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
3932 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
3933 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
3934 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
3935 system services want to log events about specific client
3936 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
3937 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
3938 unit is requested.
3939
3940 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
3941 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
3942 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
3943 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
3944 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
3945 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3946 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
3947 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
3948 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
3949 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
3950 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
3951 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
3952 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
3953
Lennart Poettering606c24e2013-05-09 15:45:50 +02003954CHANGES WITH 204:
3955
3956 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
3957 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
3958
3959 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
3960 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
3961 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
3962
3963 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
3964 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3965
Lennart Poettering2f3fcf82013-05-06 23:43:59 +02003966CHANGES WITH 203:
3967
3968 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
3969 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
3970
3971 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
3972 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
3973 fields, including the root directory.
3974
3975 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
3976 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
Lennart Poetteringb82eed92013-05-06 23:59:14 +02003977 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
Lennart Poettering2f3fcf82013-05-06 23:43:59 +02003978 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
3979 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
3980 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
3981 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
3982 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
3983 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
3984 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
3985 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
3986
3987 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
3988 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
3989
3990 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
3991 have taken an inhibitor lock.
3992
3993 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
3994 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
3995 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
3996 the local hostname.
3997
3998 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
3999 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
4000 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
4001 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
4002 VMs/containers coming and going.
4003
4004 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
4005 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
4006 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
4007
4008 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
4009 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
4010 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
4011 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
4012
4013 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
4014 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
4015 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
4016
4017 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
4018 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
4019 services. With the container's root directory in
4020 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
4021 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
4022
4023 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
4024 the processes within a certain container.
4025
4026 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
4027 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
4028 check though. Patches welcome!
4029
4030 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
4031 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
4032 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
4033 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
4034 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
4035
4036 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
4037 the passed argument if applicable.
4038
4039 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
4040 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
4041 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
4042 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4043 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
4044 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
4045 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
4046 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4047
Lennart Poetteringef3b5242013-04-19 00:41:24 +02004048CHANGES WITH 202:
4049
4050 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
4051 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
4052 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
4053 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
4054 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
4055 units activate.
4056
4057 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
4058 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
4059 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
4060 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
4061 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
4062 for now, and not installable.
4063
4064 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
4065 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
4066 can run in conjunction with udev.
4067
4068 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
4069 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
4070 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
4071 session manager.
4072
4073 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
4074 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
4075 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
4076 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
4077 services, user processes and containers/virtual
4078 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
4079 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
Lennart Poettering7c04ad22013-04-19 01:11:38 +02004080 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
Lennart Poetteringef3b5242013-04-19 00:41:24 +02004081 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
4082 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
4083 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
4084
4085 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
4086
4087 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
4088 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
4089 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
4090 logical expressions.
4091
4092 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
4093 switches.
4094
4095 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
4096 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
Lennart Poettering7c04ad22013-04-19 01:11:38 +02004097 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
Lennart Poetteringef3b5242013-04-19 00:41:24 +02004098 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
4099 the user.
4100
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekcbeabcf2013-04-18 19:59:12 -04004101 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
4102 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
4103 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
4104 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
4105 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
4106 an entry.
4107
Lennart Poetteringef3b5242013-04-19 00:41:24 +02004108 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
4109 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4110 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
4111 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
4112 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
4113 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4114
Lennart Poetteringd3a86982013-04-08 22:24:19 +02004115CHANGES WITH 201:
4116
4117 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
4118 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
4119 directory.
4120
4121 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
4122 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
4123 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
4124 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
4125 problem.
4126
4127 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
4128 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
4129 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
4130 before the key file is attempted to be read.
4131
4132 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
4133 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
4134
4135 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
4136 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
4137 files in this context are files such as
4138 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
4139
4140 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
4141 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
4142 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
4143 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
4144 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
4145 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
4146
4147 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
4148 hostnames.
4149
4150 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
4151 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
4152 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
4153 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
4154 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
4155 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
4156 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
4157 all time-related output of systemd.
4158
4159 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
4160 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
4161 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
4162 loops.
4163
4164 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
4165 (models, layouts, variants, options).
4166
4167 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
4168 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02004169 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
Lennart Poetteringd3a86982013-04-08 22:24:19 +02004170 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
4171 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
4172
4173 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
4174 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
4175 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
4176 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
4177 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
4178 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
4179 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
4180
Lennart Poettering9ca3c172013-03-28 21:31:55 +01004181CHANGES WITH 200:
4182
4183 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
4184 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
4185 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
4186 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
4187 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
4188 middle ground between physical and access time order.
4189
4190 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
4191 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
4192 images.
4193
4194 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
4195 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
4196 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4197
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01004198CHANGES WITH 199:
4199
4200 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
4201
4202 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
4203 security policy.
4204
4205 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
4206 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
4207 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
4208 shared by all processes of a service (which means
4209 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
4210 the same service can still access). When a service is
4211 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka87197f2013-03-26 11:56:01 -04004212 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01004213 this though).
4214
4215 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
4216 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
4217 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
4218 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
4219 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
4220 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
4221
4222 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka87197f2013-03-26 11:56:01 -04004223 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01004224
4225 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
4226 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
4227
4228 http://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
4229
Kay Sieversc20d8292013-03-26 00:41:07 +01004230 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka87197f2013-03-26 11:56:01 -04004231 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
4232 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
4233 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
4234 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01004235
4236 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
4237 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
4238 system is to be mounted.
4239
4240 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
4241 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
4242 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
4243 purpose for socket units.
4244
Lennart Poettering6a7d3d62013-03-25 23:48:08 +01004245 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
4246 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
4247
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka87197f2013-03-26 11:56:01 -04004248 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
4249 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
Kay Sieversc20d8292013-03-26 00:41:07 +01004250 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
Anatol Pomozovab06eef2013-04-14 19:37:54 -07004251 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
Kay Sieversc20d8292013-03-26 00:41:07 +01004252 paralellism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
4253
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01004254 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
4255 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
4256 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
4257 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4258 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
4259 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
4260 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4261 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
4262 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4263
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004264CHANGES WITH 198:
4265
4266 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
4267 files without having to edit/override the unit files
4268 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
4269 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
4270 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekad88e752013-03-09 18:55:31 -05004271 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004272 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
4273 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
4274 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01004275 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
4276 unit files locally: copying the files from
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004277 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
4278 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
4279 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
4280 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
Kay Sieversfd868972013-03-07 21:04:30 +01004281 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004282 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
4283 for them too.
4284
4285 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01004286 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004287 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
4288 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
4289 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
4290 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
4291 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
Kay Sievers156f7d02013-03-07 21:07:52 +01004292 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
4293 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004294
4295 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
4296 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
4297
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01004298 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004299 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
4300 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
4301 other users.
4302
4303 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
4304 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
4305 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
4306 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
4307 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01004308 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004309 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
4310 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01004311 management logic is also available to other programs via the
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004312 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
4313 supported.
4314
4315 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01004316 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
4317 the foreground VT.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004318
4319 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
4320 call.
4321
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01004322 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
4323 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
4324 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004325 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
4326 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
4327 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01004328 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
4329 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
4330 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
4331 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
4332 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
4333 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
4334 also been removed.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004335
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01004336 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01004337 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004338 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
4339 objects themselves.
4340
4341 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
4342
4343 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
4344 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04004345 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004346 to how this is supported in shells.
4347
4348 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
4349 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
4350 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
4351 user systemd instance.
4352
4353 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
4354 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
4355 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
4356 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
4357 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
4358 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
4359 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
4360 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
4361 one day for good in the kernel.
4362
4363 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
4364 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
4365 container.
4366
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01004367 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01004368 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004369 the host into the container.
4370
4371 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01004372 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
4373 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
4374 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
4375 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
4376 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004377
4378 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
4379
4380 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
4381 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01004382 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
4383 configured to be mounted there.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004384
4385 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
4386 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
4387 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
4388 system resume events.
4389
4390 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
4391 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04004392 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01004393 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004394
4395 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
4396 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
4397 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
4398 card).
4399
4400 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
4401 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
4402 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
4403
Kay Sieversbf933562013-03-07 20:44:26 +01004404 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
4405 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
4406 later "change" event.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004407
4408 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
4409 now carry a message ID.
4410
4411 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
4412 continues to be work in progress.
4413
4414 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
4415 root directory to operate relative to.
4416
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01004417 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
4418 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004419 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
4420 times a little.
4421
4422 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
4423 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
4424 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
4425 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
4426 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
4427 request boot into firmware operations.
4428
4429 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
4430 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
4431 correctly in initrds.
4432
4433 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
4434 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
4435
4436 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
4437 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
4438
4439 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
4440 the status of all active or failed units.
4441
4442 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
4443 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
4444 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01004445 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004446 requests more robust.
4447
4448 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
4449 reading journal files.
4450
4451 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
4452 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
4453
4454 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
4455
4456 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01004457 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004458
4459 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
4460 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
4461 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
4462 socket activation in daemons.
4463
4464 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
4465 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
4466
Lennart Poettering43447fb2013-03-07 21:28:05 +01004467 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
4468 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
4469 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
4470
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004471 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04004472 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004473 system units.
4474
4475 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
4476 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
4477 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
4478
4479 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
4480 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
4481 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01004482 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004483 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
4484 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
4485 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
4486 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
4487 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
4488 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
4489 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01004490 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004491 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
4492 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
4493 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
4494 package installation time.
4495
4496 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
4497 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
4498 scripts need to create these system user/group at
4499 installation time.
4500
4501 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
4502 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
4503
4504 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
4505
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01004506 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
4507 available.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004508
Lennart Poettering1aed4592013-03-07 20:46:27 +01004509 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
4510 load SMACK policies at early boot.
4511
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01004512 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
4513 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
4514 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
4515 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
4516 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4517 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
4518 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
4519 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
4520 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
4521 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
4522 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
4523 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
4524 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
4525 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
4526
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01004527CHANGES WITH 197:
4528
4529 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
4530 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
4531 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
4532 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
4533 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
4534 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
4535 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
4536 the supported calendar time specification language see
4537 systemd.time(7).
4538
4539 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
4540 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
4541 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
4542 document for details:
4543
4544 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
4545
4546 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02004547 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
4548 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01004549 implementations around and minimal in its code and
4550 dependencies.
4551
4552 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
4553 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
4554 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
4555 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
4556 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
4557 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
4558 with a configure switch.
4559
4560 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
4561 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
4562 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
4563 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
4564 such as ext4.
4565
4566 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
4567 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
4568 identities are attached to the devices as well.
4569
4570 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
4571 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
4572
4573 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
4574 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
4575 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
4576 using only core OS tools.
4577
4578 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
4579 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
4580 implementation of socket activated nspawn
4581 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
4582 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
4583 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
4584 eventually.
4585
4586 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
4587 presenting log data.
4588
4589 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
4590 a unit if a the control group is empty anyway.
4591
4592 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
4593 system on idle.
4594
4595 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
4596 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
4597 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
4598 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
4599 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
4600 information if possible.
4601
4602 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
4603 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
4604 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
4605
4606 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
4607 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
4608 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
4609 is running on battery power.
4610
4611 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
4612 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
4613 is in the "failed" state.
4614
4615 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
4616 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
4617 environment files at once.
4618
4619 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
4620 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
4621 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
4622 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
4623 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
4624 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
4625 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
4626 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
4627 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
4628 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
4629 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
4630 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
4631 pieces of code locally from the git history.
4632
4633 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
4634 log the unit name in the message meta data.
4635
4636 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
4637 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
4638
4639 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
4640 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
4641 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
4642 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004643 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
4644 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01004645 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
4646 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
4647 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
4648 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
4649 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
4650 shipped from us upstream.
4651
4652 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
4653 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
4654 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
4655 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
4656 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4657 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
4658 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
4659 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
4660 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
4661 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
4662 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
4663 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
4664 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4665
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01004666CHANGES WITH 196:
4667
4668 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
4669 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
4670 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
4671 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
4672 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
4673 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
4674 becoming the one central database for non-essential
4675 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
Lennart Poettering96ec33c2012-11-21 01:59:45 +01004676 database was only attached to select devices, since the
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01004677 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
Lennart Poettering96ec33c2012-11-21 01:59:45 +01004678 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
4679 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
4680 data for all devices where this is available, by
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01004681 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
4682 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
4683 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
4684 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
4685 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
4686 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
4687
4688 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
4689 indexed database to link up additional information with
4690 journal entries. For further details please check:
4691
4692 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
4693
4694 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
4695 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
4696 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
4697 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
4698 macro for this purpose.
4699
4700 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
4701 Python logging framework.
4702
4703 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
4704 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
4705 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
4706 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
Anatol Pomozovab06eef2013-04-14 19:37:54 -07004707 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01004708 time intervals.
4709
4710 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
4711 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
4712 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
4713
4714 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
4715 right-away on the selected coredump.
4716
4717 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
4718 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
4719 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
4720
4721 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
4722 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
4723 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
4724 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
4725
4726 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
4727 default.
4728
4729 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
4730 SMACK security label.
4731
4732 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
4733 daylight saving change.
4734
4735 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
4736 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
4737 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
4738 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
4739 distributions who still need support this to either continue
4740 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
4741 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
4742
4743 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
4744 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
4745 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
4746 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
4747 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
4748 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02004749 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01004750 PolicyKit is not around.
4751
4752 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
4753 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
4754
4755 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
4756 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
4757 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
4758 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
4759 offline updating tools.
4760
4761 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
4762 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
4763 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
4764 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
4765 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
4766 directories for packages to place various data files in.
4767
4768 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
4769 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
4770
4771 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
4772 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
4773 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
4774 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4775 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
4776 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
4777 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
4778 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
4779 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4780
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02004781CHANGES WITH 195:
4782
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek68271012012-10-29 09:52:31 +00004783 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02004784 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
4785 units via --unit=/-u.
4786
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek68271012012-10-29 09:52:31 +00004787 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02004788 right thing.
4789
4790 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
4791 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
4792 rotation.
4793
4794 * The journal will now index the available field values for
4795 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
4796 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
4797 completion of journalctl has been updated
4798 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
4799 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
4800
4801 * More service events are now written as structured messages
4802 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
4803
4804 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
4805 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
4806 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
4807 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
4808 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
4809 these settings from the command line now, especially since
4810 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
4811 completion.
4812
4813 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
4814 extract coredumps from the journal.
4815
4816 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
4817 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
4818 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
4819 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
4820 scratch their heads.
4821
4822 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
4823 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
4824
4825 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
4826 in immediate termination of systemd.
4827
4828 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
4829 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
4830
4831 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
4832 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
4833 mouse screen support has been added.
4834
4835 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
4836 Server-Sent-Events as output.
4837
Lennart Poettering1cb88f22012-10-23 17:13:01 +02004838 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02004839 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
4840 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
4841 "systemctl reload".
4842
Ben Boeckel15f47222012-10-27 03:08:56 -04004843 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02004844 -u" instead.
4845
4846 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
4847 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
4848 configured.
4849
4850 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
4851 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
4852
4853 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
4854 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
Lennart Poettering4d92e072012-10-23 02:03:10 +02004855 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
4856 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
4857 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
4858 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
4859 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02004860
Lennart Poetteringf9b55722012-10-03 14:32:29 -04004861CHANGES WITH 194:
4862
4863 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
4864 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
4865 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
4866 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
4867 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
4868 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
4869 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
4870 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
4871 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
4872 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
4873 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
4874 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
4875
4876 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
4877 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
4878 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4879
Lennart Poettering597c52c2012-09-28 01:34:38 +02004880CHANGES WITH 193:
4881
4882 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
4883 starting from the specified location in the journal.
4884
4885 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
4886 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
4887 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
4888
4889 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
4890 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
4891 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
4892 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
4893 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
4894 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
4895 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
4896
4897 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
4898 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
4899
4900 This will download the journal contents in a
4901 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
4902
4903 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
4904
4905 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
4906 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
4907 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
4908 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
4909 screenshot of this app in its current state:
4910
4911 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
4912
4913 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
4914 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
4915
Lennart Poettering075d4ec2012-09-25 22:23:57 +02004916CHANGES WITH 192:
4917
4918 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
4919 too.
4920
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02004921 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
Lennart Poettering075d4ec2012-09-25 22:23:57 +02004922 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
4923 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
4924 broke code that assumed it it could create "cpu" groups and
4925 just start them.
4926
4927 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
4928 and line break accordingly.
4929
Lennart Poettering597c52c2012-09-28 01:34:38 +02004930 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4931 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
Lennart Poettering075d4ec2012-09-25 22:23:57 +02004932
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02004933CHANGES WITH 191:
4934
4935 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
4936 container environment, copying the host's timezone
4937 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
4938 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
4939 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
4940
4941 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
4942 will default to 10 if omitted.
4943
4944 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
4945 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
4946 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
4947 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
Lennart Poettering6563b532012-09-23 19:19:22 +02004948 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02004949
4950 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
4951 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
4952 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
4953 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
4954 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
4955 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
Lennart Poettering6563b532012-09-23 19:19:22 +02004956 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02004957
4958 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
4959 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
Lennart Poettering6563b532012-09-23 19:19:22 +02004960 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
Torstein Husebø45afd512015-05-26 19:17:30 +02004961 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02004962 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
4963 into two.
4964
Lennart Poettering597c52c2012-09-28 01:34:38 +02004965 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
4966 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02004967
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02004968CHANGES WITH 190:
4969
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02004970 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02004971 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
4972 "systemctl status".
4973
4974 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
4975 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
Lennart Poettering8d0256b2012-09-20 22:50:26 +02004976 system to another place in the same file system could not be
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02004977 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
4978 field.)
4979
4980 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
4981 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
4982 default.
4983
4984 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
4985 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
4986 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
4987 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
4988 in a container.
4989
4990 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
4991 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
4992 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
4993 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
4994 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
4995 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
4996
4997 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
4998 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
4999 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
5000 no-op.
5001
5002 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
5003 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
5004 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
5005 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
5006 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
5007
5008 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
5009 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
5010
5011 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
5012 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
5013 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
5014 command.
5015
5016 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
5017 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
5018 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
5019
5020 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
5021
5022 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
5023 multiple files at once.
5024
5025 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
5026 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
5027 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
5028 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
5029 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
5030 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
5031 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
5032
Lennart Poetteringa98d5d62012-09-20 19:12:23 +02005033 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
5034 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
5035 now support specifiers as well.
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02005036
5037 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
5038 dir: %_presetdir.
5039
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02005040 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
Jan Engelhardtdca348b2014-05-08 01:28:44 +02005041 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02005042
5043 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
5044 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
5045 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
5046 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
5047 anymore.
5048
Lennart Poetteringaaccc322012-09-20 19:58:31 +02005049 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02005050 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
5051 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
5052 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
5053
5054 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
5055 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
5056 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
5057
5058 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
5059 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
5060 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
5061 sockets.
5062
5063 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
5064 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
5065 is changed.
5066
5067 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
5068 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
5069 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
5070 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
5071 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
Veres Lajosf1317702014-12-29 09:45:58 +00005072 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02005073 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
5074
5075 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
5076
5077 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
5078 the unit file label and client process label into account.
5079
Lennart Poetteringaad803a2012-09-20 19:00:26 +02005080 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
5081 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
5082
5083 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
5084 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
5085 (%b).
5086
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02005087 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02005088 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
5089 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5090 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5091 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
5092 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
5093 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5094
Lennart Poettering38a60d72012-08-23 02:46:22 +02005095CHANGES WITH 189:
5096
5097 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
5098 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
5099
5100 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
5101 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
5102 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
5103 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
5104 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
5105 syslog daemons again.
5106
5107 * The libudev API gained the new
5108 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
5109
5110 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
5111 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
5112 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
5113 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
5114
5115 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
5116 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
5117 container.
5118
5119 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
5120 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
5121 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
5122 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
5123 this explaining it in more detail.
5124
5125 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
5126 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
5127 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
5128 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
5129
5130 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
5131 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
5132 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
5133 journal files.
5134
5135 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
5136 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
5137 as container init process a lot more fun.
5138
5139 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
5140 entries.
5141
5142 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
5143 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
5144 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
5145 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
5146 different sets of services.
5147
5148 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
5149 failure state.
5150
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02005151 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
Lennart Poettering38a60d72012-08-23 02:46:22 +02005152 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
5153 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5154
Lennart Poetteringc269cec2012-08-08 21:49:01 +02005155CHANGES WITH 188:
5156
5157 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
5158 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
5159 tree a lot more organized.
5160
5161 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
5162 may be used to group services in a natural way.
5163
5164 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
5165 services.
5166
5167 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
5168 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
5169 filtering by log level now.
5170
5171 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
5172 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
5173 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
5174
Anatol Pomozovab06eef2013-04-14 19:37:54 -07005175 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
Lennart Poetteringc269cec2012-08-08 21:49:01 +02005176 command lines involving service unit names.
5177
5178 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
5179 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
5180
5181 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
5182 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
5183 and encodes structured information about the error number.
5184
5185 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
5186 option.
5187
5188 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
5189 a shutdown is cancelled.
5190
5191 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
5192 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
5193 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
5194 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
5195 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
5196
5197 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
5198 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
5199 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
5200 for display managers instead.
5201
5202 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
5203 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
5204 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
5205 protection, and suchlike.
5206
5207 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
5208 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
5209 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
5210 the service.
5211
5212 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
5213 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
5214 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
5215 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
5216 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
5217 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5218
Lennart Poetteringc4f1b862012-07-20 00:38:02 +02005219CHANGES WITH 187:
5220
5221 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
5222 pages.
5223
5224 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
5225 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
5226 data loss.
5227
Lennart Poetteringc269cec2012-08-08 21:49:01 +02005228 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
Lennart Poetteringc4f1b862012-07-20 00:38:02 +02005229 option.
5230
5231 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
5232
5233 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
5234 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
5235
5236 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
5237 specific directory.
5238
5239 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
5240 messages of two different boots.
5241
5242 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
5243 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
5244 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
5245
5246 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
5247 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
5248 disjunctions.
5249
5250 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
5251 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
5252 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
5253
5254 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
5255 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
5256 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
5257
5258 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
5259 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
5260 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
5261 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
5262 speed things up a bit.
5263
5264 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
5265 header data of journal files.
5266
5267 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
5268 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
5269 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
5270
5271 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
5272 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
5273 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
5274 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
5275
5276 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
5277
5278 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
5279 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
5280 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
5281 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5282
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02005283CHANGES WITH 186:
5284
5285 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
5286 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
5287 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
5288 prefixed with rd.
5289
5290 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
5291 automatically generated at boot. Use:
5292
5293 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
5294
5295 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
5296
Lennart Poetteringd1f9eda2012-07-02 14:33:04 +02005297 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02005298
5299 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
5300 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
5301 as well.
5302
5303 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
5304 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
5305 in all appropriate directories automatically.
5306
5307 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
5308 does the right thing. Example:
5309
5310 udevadm info /dev/sda
5311 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
5312
5313 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
5314 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
5315 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
5316 running.
5317
5318 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
5319 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
5320
5321 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
5322 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
5323
5324 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
5325 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
5326 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
5327 files.
5328
5329 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
5330 be stopped that is not loaded.
5331
5332 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
5333
5334 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
5335
5336 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
5337 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
5338 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
5339 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
5340
5341 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
5342 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
5343 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
5344 completed initialization.
5345
5346 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
5347
5348 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
5349 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
5350 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
5351 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
5352 distributions.
5353
5354 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
5355 always valid when services log to the journal via
5356 STDOUT/STDERR.
5357
5358 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
5359 command line options we understand.
5360
5361 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
5362 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
5363
Kay Sievers91ac7422012-07-02 15:05:26 +02005364 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02005365 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
5366
5367 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
5368 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
5369 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
5370 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
5371
5372 systemctl status /home
5373 systemctl status /dev/sda
5374
5375 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
5376 system.conf parsing.
5377
5378 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
5379 Manager object.
5380
5381 * The Names= option is been removed from unit file parsing.
5382
5383 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
5384
5385 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
5386 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
5387 complete.
5388
5389 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
5390 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
5391 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
5392 systemd-fsck@.service.
5393
5394 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
5395 Manager object.
5396
5397 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
5398 work sensibly.
5399
5400 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
5401 we actually understand.
5402
5403 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
5404 additional capabilities to the container.
5405
5406 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
Lennart Poettering5b00c012012-07-18 01:24:39 +02005407 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02005408 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
5409
5410 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
5411 the current boot only.
5412
5413 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
5414 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
5415
5416 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
5417 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
5418 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
5419 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
5420 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
5421
Lennart Poetteringc4f1b862012-07-20 00:38:02 +02005422 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02005423
Lennart Poettering2d938ac2012-07-03 16:27:59 +02005424 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
5425 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5426 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
5427 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02005428
Kay Sievers2d197282012-06-04 20:15:16 +02005429CHANGES WITH 185:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02005430
Kay Sievers2d197282012-06-04 20:15:16 +02005431 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
5432 available.
5433
5434 * Several new man pages have been added.
5435
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02005436 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
5437 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
5438 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
5439 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
Kay Sievers2d197282012-06-04 20:15:16 +02005440
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02005441 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
5442 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
Kay Sievers2d197282012-06-04 20:15:16 +02005443
5444 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
5445 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
5446 Matthias Clasen
5447
Lennart Poettering4c8cd172012-05-31 01:58:01 +02005448CHANGES WITH 184:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02005449
Lennart Poettering4c8cd172012-05-31 01:58:01 +02005450 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
5451 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
5452
5453 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
5454 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
5455 daemon.
5456
5457 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
5458 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
5459
5460 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
5461 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
5462 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
5463 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
5464
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02005465CHANGES WITH 183:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02005466
Lennart Poettering187076d2012-05-24 16:41:08 +02005467 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
5468 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
5469 and systemd's most recent version number.
5470
Kay Sievers194bbe32012-04-15 02:35:31 +02005471 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
5472 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
5473 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
5474 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
5475 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02005476 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
Kay Sievers07cd4fc2012-04-08 16:50:16 +02005477
Tollef Fog Heen91cf7e52012-04-17 09:47:23 +02005478 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
Kay Sieversf13b3882012-04-16 23:32:22 +02005479 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
5480 subsystems.
Kay Sievers64661ee2012-04-06 19:52:49 +02005481
Kay Sievers2d13da82012-04-09 20:45:45 +02005482 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
5483 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
5484 used to subscribe to events.
5485
Kay Sievers194bbe32012-04-15 02:35:31 +02005486 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
5487 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
5488 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
5489 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02005490 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
Kay Sievers194bbe32012-04-15 02:35:31 +02005491 forked by udev rules.
5492
Kay Sieversf13b3882012-04-16 23:32:22 +02005493 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
5494 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
5495 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
5496 it.
5497
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02005498 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
Kay Sieversc1959562012-05-15 23:44:28 +02005499 udev_monitor_from_socket()
5500 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
5501 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02005502 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
Kay Sieversc1959562012-05-15 23:44:28 +02005503
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02005504 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
Lennart Poettering9ae9afc2012-05-24 16:52:12 +02005505 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
Kay Sievers18b754d2012-03-30 23:18:33 +02005506
5507 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
5508 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
5509 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
5510 the files to the new names on upgrade.
5511
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02005512 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
5513 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
5514 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
5515 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
5516 to be used as drop-in files.
5517
5518 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
Ville Skyttä49f43d52012-07-15 11:41:40 +03005519 particular suspending and hibernating.
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02005520
5521 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
5522 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
5523 about this in more detail.
5524
5525 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
5526 (which prevously bind mounted these directories to their new
5527 places). Distributions which have not converted these
5528 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
5529 from git history and add them downstream.
5530
5531 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
5532 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
Lennart Poettering39432312012-05-24 16:53:31 +02005533 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02005534 units.
5535
5536 * All smaller setup units (such as
5537 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
5538 are run in a container and are skipped when
5539 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
5540 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
5541
5542 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
5543 integrated, for details see:
5544 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
5545
5546 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
5547 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
5548 messages.
5549
Lennart Poettering439d6df2012-05-24 17:03:52 +02005550 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
5551 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02005552 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
5553 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
5554 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
5555
5556 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
5557 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
5558 for all units started by PID 1.
5559
5560 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
5561 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
5562 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
5563
Lennart Poettering39432312012-05-24 16:53:31 +02005564 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
5565 of PID 1 anymore.
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02005566
5567 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
5568 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02005569 have not been read by systemd yet.
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02005570
5571 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
5572 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
5573 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
5574 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
5575 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
5576 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
5577
5578 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
5579 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
5580
5581 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
5582
5583 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
5584 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
5585 so sexy.
5586
5587 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
5588 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
5589 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
5590 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
5591 patterns.
5592
5593 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
5594 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
5595 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
5596 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
5597
5598 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
5599 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
5600
5601 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
5602 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
5603 in systemd now.
5604
5605 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
5606 ID on the command line.
5607
Lennart Poetteringf8c0a2c2012-05-24 17:06:03 +02005608 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02005609 for an init system.
5610
5611 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
5612 vt100.
5613
5614 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
5615
5616 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
Lennart Poettering39432312012-05-24 16:53:31 +02005617 components now have directories of their own.
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02005618
5619 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
5620
5621 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
5622 container in other hierarchies.
5623
5624 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
5625 system.conf.
5626
5627 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
5628
5629 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
5630 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
5631
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02005632 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02005633 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
5634
5635 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
5636 locally generated journal files.
5637
5638 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
5639
5640 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
5641
Lennart Poettering79849bf2012-05-24 18:15:35 +02005642 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
5643 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
5644 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
5645 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
5646 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
5647 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
5648 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
5649 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
5650 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
5651 Gundersen
5652
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01005653CHANGES WITH 44:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02005654
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01005655 * This is mostly a bugfix release
5656
5657 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
5658 KVM or container configured UUID.
5659
5660 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
5661
5662 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
5663
Anatol Pomozovab06eef2013-04-14 19:37:54 -07005664 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01005665 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
5666
5667 * sd-login.h is C++ comptaible again
5668
5669 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
5670 folks
5671
5672 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02005673 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01005674 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
5675
5676 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
5677 configuration
5678
5679 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
5680 free fashion
5681
5682 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
5683 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02005684 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01005685 automatically generated data.
5686
5687 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
5688 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
5689 however.
5690
5691 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
5692 tarball.
5693
5694 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
5695 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
5696 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
5697 Reding
5698
Lennart Poettering437b7de2012-02-15 05:00:27 +01005699CHANGES WITH 43:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02005700
Lennart Poettering437b7de2012-02-15 05:00:27 +01005701 * This is mostly a bugfix release
5702
5703 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
5704
5705 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
5706
Torstein Husebø45afd512015-05-26 19:17:30 +02005707 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
Lennart Poettering437b7de2012-02-15 05:00:27 +01005708 normal user logins.
5709
5710 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
5711 Biebl
5712
Lennart Poettering204fa332012-02-11 01:52:18 +01005713CHANGES WITH 42:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02005714
Lennart Poettering204fa332012-02-11 01:52:18 +01005715 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
5716
5717 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
5718 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
5719 xsltproc.
5720
5721 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
5722 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
5723 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
5724
5725 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
5726 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
5727 reboot can automatically be triggered.
5728
5729 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
5730
5731 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
5732 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
5733 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
5734
Kay Sieverse0d25322012-02-08 00:08:10 +01005735CHANGES WITH 41:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02005736
Kay Sieverse0d25322012-02-08 00:08:10 +01005737 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
5738 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
5739 package update.
5740
Lennart Poetteringb13df962012-02-09 01:06:07 +01005741 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
5742 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
5743 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
5744
5745 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
5746 complete.
5747
5748 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
5749 understood to set system wide environment variables
5750 dynamically at boot.
5751
Jason St. Johne9c1ea92013-07-02 13:24:48 +02005752 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
Lennart Poetteringccd07a02012-02-09 02:06:13 +01005753
Lennart Poettering353e12c2012-02-09 03:18:04 +01005754 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
5755 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
5756 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
5757 files.
5758
Lennart Poetteringb13df962012-02-09 01:06:07 +01005759 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5760 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
5761 William Douglas
5762
Lennart Poetteringd26e4272012-02-07 03:38:23 +01005763CHANGES WITH 40:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02005764
Lennart Poetteringd26e4272012-02-07 03:38:23 +01005765 * This is mostly a bugfix release
5766
5767 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
5768 "Result" D-Bus property.
5769
5770 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
5771 the next few releases.)
5772
5773 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
5774 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
5775 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
5776 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
5777
Lennart Poetteringb13df962012-02-09 01:06:07 +01005778 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
5779 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
5780 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
5781
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01005782CHANGES WITH 39:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02005783
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01005784 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
5785 bugfixes.
5786
5787 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
5788 resource usage.
5789
5790 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
5791 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
5792 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
5793 journals by the respective users.
5794
5795 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
5796 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
5797 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
5798
5799 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
5800 client for all entries.
5801
5802 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
5803
5804 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
5805 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
5806
5807 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
5808 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
5809 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
5810 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
5811
5812 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
5813 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
5814 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
5815
5816 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
5817 journal along with meta data.
5818
5819 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
5820 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
5821 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
5822
5823 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
5824 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
5825 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
5826
5827 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
5828
5829 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
5830 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
5831 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
5832 or fsck.
5833
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02005834 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01005835 requested with new -k switch.
5836
5837 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5838 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
5839
5840CHANGES WITH 38:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02005841
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01005842 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
5843 bugfixes.
5844
5845 * The git repository moved to:
5846 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
5847 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
5848
5849 * First release with the journal
5850 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
5851
5852 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
5853 systemd-stdout-bridge.
5854
5855 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
5856
5857 * Many systemadm clean-ups
5858
5859 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
5860 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
5861 remote mounts.
5862
5863 * Added Mageia support
5864
5865 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
5866
5867 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
5868 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
5869 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
5870 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
5871 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
5872
5873 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
5874 of existing distributions.
5875
5876 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
5877 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
5878
5879 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
5880 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
5881 boot.
5882
5883 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
5884
5885 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
5886 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
5887 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
5888 among other things.
5889
5890 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
5891 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
5892
5893 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
5894
5895 * The build tree got reorganized and a the build system is a
5896 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
5897 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
5898
5899 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
5900 restored.
5901
5902 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
5903 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
5904 kmod
5905
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02005906 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01005907 of /usr/local by default.
5908
5909 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
5910 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
5911 in:
5912 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
5913
5914 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
5915 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
5916 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
5917 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
5918 supported anyway, and bad style).
5919
5920 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
5921 reloading of units together.
5922
Lennart Poettering4c8cd172012-05-31 01:58:01 +02005923 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01005924 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
5925 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
5926 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
5927 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek